Deprecated: strip_tags(): Passing null to parameter #1 ($string) of type string is deprecated in /var/www/html/w/skins/Whale/SkinWhale.php on line 134
편집 토론 문서 역사

모듈:Citation/CS1/sandbox: 두 판 사이의 차이

< 모듈:Citation/CS1
← 이전 편집다음 편집 →
imported>Namoroka
2015년 12월 12일 (토) 14:42‎
imported>Namoroka
편집 요약 없음
8번째 줄: 8번째 줄:
}
}


--[[--------------------------< F O R W A R D  D E C L A R A T I O N S >--------------------------------------
local ISOdate = require('모듈:ISOdate')._ISOdate -- LOCAL
]]
local dates, year_date_check -- functions in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
 
local cfg = {}; -- table of configuration tables that are defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
local whitelist = {}; -- table of tables listing valid template parameter names; defined in Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
Returns true if argument is set; false otherwise. Argument is 'set' when it exists (not nil) or when it is not an empty string.
This function is global because it is called from both this module and from Date validation


]]
-- Whether variable is set or not
function is_set( var )
function is_set( var )
return not (var == nil or var == '');
return not (var == nil or var == '');
end
end


--[[--------------------------< F I R S T _ S E T >------------------------------------------------------------
-- First set variable or nil if none
 
function first_set(...)
Locates and returns the first set value in a table of values where the order established in the table,
local list = {...};
left-to-right (or top-to-bottom), is the order in which the values are evaluated.  Returns nil if none are set.
for _, var in pairs(list) do
 
if is_set( var ) then
This version replaces the original 'for _, val in pairs do' and a similar version that used ipairs. With the pairs
return var;
version the order of evaluation could not be guaranteed. With the ipairs version, a nil value would terminate
the for-loop before it reached the actual end of the list.
 
]]
 
local function first_set (list, count)
local i = 1;
while i <= count do -- loop through all items in list
if is_set( list[i] ) then
return list[i]; -- return the first set list member
end
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I N _ A R R A Y >--------------------------------------------------------------
-- Whether needle is in haystack
 
function inArray( needle, haystack )
Whether needle is in haystack
 
]]
 
local function in_array( needle, haystack )
if needle == nil then
if needle == nil then
return false;
return false;
64번째 줄: 38번째 줄:
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S U B S T I T U T E >----------------------------------------------------------
--[[
 
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  Because deprecated parameters (currently |month=,
Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
|coauthor=, and |coauthors=) aren't related to each other and because these parameters may be concatenated into the variables used by |date= and |author#= (and aliases)
 
details of which parameter caused the error message are not provided.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation.
]]
]]
function deprecated_parameter(name)
if true ~= Page_in_deprecated_cat then -- if we haven't been here before then set a
Page_in_deprecated_cat=true; -- sticky flag so that if there are more than one deprecated parameter the category is added only once
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end


local function substitute( msg, args )
-- Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
function substitute( msg, args )
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E R R O R _ C O M M E N T >----------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------
 
Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.


Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.
Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.


]]
]]
local function error_comment( content, hidden )
return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ E R R O R >--------------------------------------------------------------
function kern_quotes (str)
 
local cap='';
Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement of the error message in the output is
local cap2='';
the responsibility of the calling function.
 
]]
local function set_error( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
prefix = prefix or "";
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
suffix = suffix or "";
if is_set (cap) then
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
if error_state == nil then
error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
end
end
 
local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
if is_set (cap) then
message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] ..
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
if in_array( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
return '', false;
end
end
return str;
message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
end
if raw == true then
return message, error_state.hidden;
end
return error_comment( message, error_state.hidden );
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ M A I N T _ C A T >------------------------------------------------------
-- LOCAL: Format script value, Script concatenate 삭제


Adds a category to z.maintenance_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.
To prevent duplication, the added_maint_cats table lists the categories by key that have been added to z.maintenance_cats.


]]
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------


local added_maint_cats = {} -- list of maintenance categories that have been added to z.maintenance_cats
Applies styling to various parameters. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
local function add_maint_cat (key, arguments)
argument; protects italic styled parameters. Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
if not added_maint_cats [key] then
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().
added_maint_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, substitute (cfg.maint_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
end
end
 
--[[--------------------------< A D D _ P R O P _ C A T >--------------------------------------------------------
 
Adds a category to z.properties_cats using names from the configuration file with additional text if any.


]]
]]


local added_prop_cats = {} -- list of property categories that have been added to z.properties_cats
function wrap_style (key, str)
local function add_prop_cat (key, arguments)
if not is_set( str ) then
if not added_prop_cats [key] then
return "";
added_prop_cats [key] = true; -- note that we've added this category
elseif inArray( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
table.insert( z.properties_cats, substitute (cfg.prop_cats [key], arguments)); -- make name then add to table
str = safeforitalics( str );
end
end
return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A D D _ V A N C _ E R R O R >----------------------------------------------------


Adds a single Vancouver system error message to the template's output regardless of how many error actually exist.
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
To prevent duplication, added_vanc_errs is nil until an error message is emitted.
 
Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates. Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().


]]
]]


local added_vanc_errs; -- flag so we only emit one Vancouver error / category
function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
local function add_vanc_error ()
if not is_set( str ) then
if not added_vanc_errs then
return "";
added_vanc_errs = true; -- note that we've added this category
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'vancouver', {}, true ) } );
end
end
if true == lower then
local msg;
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
str = substitute( msg, {str} ); -- including template text
return str;
else
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
end
end
end


-- LOCAL: Format Chapter Title 아래로 옮김


--[[--------------------------< I S _ S C H E M E >------------------------------------------------------------
--[[
 
Argument wrapper. This function provides support for argument
does this thing that purports to be a uri scheme seem to be a valid scheme? The scheme is checked to see if it
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names
is in agreement with http://tools.ietf.org/html/std66#section-3.1 which says:
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
Scheme names consist of a sequence of characters beginning with a
  letter and followed by any combination of letters, digits, plus
  ("+"), period ("."), or hyphen ("-").
 
returns true if it does, else false
 
]]
]]
 
function argument_wrapper( args )
local function is_scheme (scheme)
local origin = {};
return scheme and scheme:match ('^%a[%a%d%+%.%-]*:'); -- true if scheme is set and matches the pattern
end
 
 
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ D O M A I N _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------------
 
Does this thing that purports to be a domain name seem to be a valid domain name?
 
Syntax defined here: http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc1034#section-3.5
BNF defined here: https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4234
Single character names are generally reserved; see https://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-dnsind-iana-dns-01#page-15;
see also [[Single-letter second-level domain]]
list of tlds: https://www.iana.org/domains/root/db
 
rfc952 (modified by rfc 1123) requires the first and last character of a hostname to be a letter or a digit.  Between
the first and last characters the name may use letters, digits, and the hyphen.
 
Also allowed are IPv4 addresses. IPv6 not supported
 
domain is expected to be stripped of any path so that the last character in the last character of the tld.  tld
is two or more alpha characters.  Any preceding '//' (from splitting a url with a scheme) will be stripped
here.  Perhaps not necessary but retained incase it is necessary for IPv4 dot decimal.
 
There are several tests:
the first character of the whole domain name including subdomains must be a letter or a digit
single-letter/digit second-level domains in the .org TLD
q, x, and z SL domains in the .com TLD
i and q SL domains in the .net TLD
single-letter SL domains in the ccTLDs (where the ccTLD is two letters)
two-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
three-plus-character SL domains in gTLDs (where the gTLD is two or more letters)
IPv4 dot-decimal address format; TLD not allowed
 
returns true if domain appears to be a proper name and tld or IPv4 address, else false
 
]=]
 
local function is_domain_name (domain)
if not domain then
return false; -- if not set, abandon
end
domain = domain:gsub ('^//', ''); -- strip '//' from domain name if present; done here so we only have to do it once
return setmetatable({
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
if not domain:match ('^[%a%d]') then -- first character must be letter or digit
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
return false;
return origin[k];
end
end
},
if domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.org$') then -- one character .org hostname
{
return true;
__index = function ( tbl, k )
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][qxz]%.com$') then -- assigned one character .com hostname (x.com times out 2015-12-10)
if origin[k] ~= nil then
return true;
return nil;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a][iq]%.net$') then -- assigned one character .net hostname (q.net registered but not active 2015-12-10)
end
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a$') then -- one character hostname and cctld (2 chars)
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
return true;
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- two character hostname and tld
if type( list ) == 'table' then
return true;
v, origin[k] = selectone( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
elseif domain:match ('%f[%a%d][%a%d][%a%d%-]+[%a%d]%.%a%a+$') then -- three or more character hostname.hostname or hostname.tld
if origin[k] == nil then
return true;
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
elseif domain:match ('^%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?%.%d%d?%d?') then -- IPv4 address
end
return true;
elseif list ~= nil then
else
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
return false;
else
end
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
end
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
 
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
 
end
--[[--------------------------< I S _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------------
 
-- Empty strings, not nil;
returns true if the scheme and domain parts of a url appear to be a valid url; else false.
if v == nil then
 
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
This function is the last step in the validation process. This function is separate because there are cases that
origin[k] = '';
are not covered by split_url(), for example is_parameter_ext_wikilink() which is looking for bracketted external
end
wikilinks.
 
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
]]
return v;
 
end,
local function is_url (scheme, domain)
});
if is_set (scheme) then -- if scheme is set check it and domain
return is_scheme (scheme) and is_domain_name (domain);
else
return is_domain_name (domain); -- scheme not set when url is protocol relative
end
end
end


--[[
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.


--[[--------------------------< S P L I T _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
 
true - active, supported parameters
Split a url into a scheme, authority indicator, and domain.
false - deprecated, supported parameters
If protocol relative url, return nil scheme and domain else return nil for both scheme and domain.
nil - unsupported parameters
 
When not protocol relative, get scheme, authority indicator, and domain.  If there is an authority indicator (one
or more '/' characters following the scheme's colon), make sure that there are only 2.
 
]]
]]
 
function validate( name )
local function split_url (url_str)
local name = tostring( name );
local scheme, authority, domain;
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
url_str = url_str:gsub ('(%a)/.*', '%1'); -- strip path information (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
-- Normal arguments
 
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if url_str:match ('^//%S*') then -- if there is what appears to be a protocol relative url
if false == state then
domain = url_str:match ('^//(%S*)')
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
elseif url_str:match ('%S-:/*%S+') then -- if there is what appears to be a scheme, optional authority indicator, and domain name
return true;
scheme, authority, domain = url_str:match ('(%S-:)(/*)(%S+)'); -- extract the scheme, authority indicator, and domain portions
end
authority = authority:gsub ('//', '', 1); -- replace place 1 pair of '/' with nothing;
if is_set(authority) then -- if anything left (1 or 3+ '/' where authority should be) then
-- Arguments with numbers in them
domain = nil; -- set to nil which will cause an error message
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
end
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
return scheme, domain;
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E R R O R C O M M E N T >------------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< L I N K _ P A R A M _ O K >---------------------------------------------------
Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.
 
checks the content of |title-link=, |series-link=, |author-link= etc for properly formatted content: no wikilinks, no urls
 
Link parameters are to hold the title of a wikipedia article so none of the WP:TITLESPECIALCHARACTERS are allowed:
# < > [ ] | { } _
except the underscore which is used as a space in wiki urls and # which is used for section links
 
returns false when the value contains any of these characters.
 
When there are no illegal characters, this function returns TRUE if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url (the
|<param>-link= parameter is ok); else false when value appears to be a valid url (the |<param>-link= parameter is NOT ok).


]]
]]
 
function errorcomment( content, hidden )
local function link_param_ok (value)
return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
local scheme, domain;
if value:find ('[<>%[%]|{}]') then -- if any prohibited characters
return false;
end
 
scheme, domain = split_url (value); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;
return not is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value DOES NOT appear to be a valid url
end
end


 
--[[
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------------
Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement
 
of the error message in the output is the responsibility of the calling function.
Determines whether a URL string appears to be valid.
 
First we test for space characters.  If any are found, return false.  Then split the url into scheme and domain
portions, or for protocol relative (//example.com) urls, just the domain.  Use is_url() to validate the two
portions of the url.  If both are valid, or for protocol relative if domain is valid, return true, else false.
 
]]
]]
 
function seterror( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
local function check_url( url_str )
local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
if nil == url_str:match ("^%S+$") then -- if there are any spaces in |url=value it can't be a proper url
return false;
prefix = prefix or "";
end
suffix = suffix or "";
local scheme, domain;
 
if error_state == nil then
scheme, domain = split_url (url_str); -- get scheme or nil and domain or nil from url;  
error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
end
local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] ..
"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
if inArray( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
return '', false;
end
message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
if raw == true then
return message, error_state.hidden;
end
return errorcomment( message, error_state.hidden );
end
end


-- Formats a wiki style external link
function externallinkid(options)
local url_string = options.id;
if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
end
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
end


--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P A R A M E T E R _ E X T _ W I K I L I N K >----------------------------
-- Formats a wiki style internal link
 
function internallinkid(options)
Return true if a parameter value has a string that begins and ends with square brackets [ and ] and the first
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
non-space characters following the opening bracket appear to be a url. The test will also find external wikilinks
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
that use protocol relative urls. Also finds bare urls.
options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
 
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
The frontier pattern prevents a match on interwiki links which are similar to scheme:path urls. The tests that
);
find bracketed urls are required because the parameters that call this test (currently |title=, |chapter=, |work=,
end
and |publisher=) may have wikilinks and there are articles or redirects like '//Hus' so, while uncommon, |title=[[//Hus]]
is possible as might be [[en://Hus]].


]=]
-- Format an external link with error checking
 
function externallink( URL, label, source )
local function is_parameter_ext_wikilink (value)
local error_str = "";
local scheme, domain;
if not is_set( label ) then
 
label = URL;
value = value:gsub ('([^%s/])/[%a%d].*', '%1'); -- strip path information (the capture prevents false replacement of '//')
if is_set( source ) then
 
error_str = seterror( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
if value:match ('%f[%[]%[%a%S*:%S+.*%]') then -- if ext wikilink with scheme and domain: [xxxx://yyyyy.zzz]
else
scheme, domain = value:match ('%f[%[]%[(%a%S*:)(%S+).*%]')
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
elseif value:match ('%f[%[]%[//%S*%.%S+.*%]') then -- if protocol relative ext wikilink: [//yyyyy.zzz]
end
domain = value:match ('%f[%[]%[//(%S*%.%S+).*%]');
end
elseif value:match ('%a%S*:%S+') then -- if bare url with scheme; may have leading or trailing plain text
if not checkurl( URL ) then
scheme, domain = value:match ('(%a%S*:)(%S+)');
error_str = seterror( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
elseif value:match ('//%S*%.%S+') then -- if protocol relative bare url: //yyyyy.zzz; may have leading or trailing plain text
domain = value:match ('//(%S*%.%S+)'); -- what is left should be the domain
else
return false; -- didn't find anything that is obviously a url
end
end
 
return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safeforurl( label ), "]", error_str });
return is_url (scheme, domain); -- return true if value appears to be a valid url
end
end


--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------


--[[-------------------------< C H E C K _ F O R _ U R L >-----------------------------------------------------
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY


loop through a list of parameters and their values.  Look at the value and if it has an external link, emit an error message.
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.


]]
]]


local function check_for_url (parameter_list)
function nowrap_date (date)
local error_message = '';
local cap='';
for k, v in pairs (parameter_list) do -- for each parameter in the list
local cap2='';
if is_parameter_ext_wikilink (v) then -- look at the value; if there is a url add an error message
 
if is_set(error_message) then -- once we've added the first portion of the error message ...
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
error_message=error_message .. ", "; -- ... add a comma space separator
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
end
error_message=error_message .. "&#124;" .. k .. "="; -- add the failed parameter
elseif date:match("%a+%s*%d%d?,%s*%d%d%d%d") or date:match ("%d%d?%s*%a+%s*%d%d%d%d") then
end
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
end
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
if is_set (error_message) then -- done looping, if there is an error message, display it
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'param_has_ext_link', {error_message}, true ) } );
end
end
return date;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ I T A L I C S >----------------------------------------------
Formats a link to Amazon.  Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
characters.  If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.


Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
]]


Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that
function amazon(id, domain)
they will be inverted (i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and '' tend to interact
local err_cat = ""
poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy.


]]
if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
 
err_cat =  ' ' .. seterror ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
local function safe_for_italics( str )
if not is_set(str) then
return str;
else
else
if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end
if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end
if checkisbn( id ) then -- see if asin value is isbn10
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, "CS1 관리 - ISBN을 사용한 ASIN"); -- add to maint category -- LOCAL
-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not isbn10
end
elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror ('bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
end
end
if not is_set(domain) then
domain = "com";
elseif inArray (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom
domain = "co." .. domain;
elseif inArray (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
domain = "com." .. domain;
end
end
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
return externallinkid({link = handler.link,
label=handler.label , prefix="//www.amazon."..domain.."/dp/",id=id,
encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ F O R _ U R L >------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------


Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier


]]
format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
 
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
local function safe_for_url( str )
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then
where:
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
end
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
<number> is a three-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
['['] = '&#91;',
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
[']'] = '&#93;',
where:
['\n'] = ' ' } );
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
end
<number> is a four-digit number
 
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces
--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------
 
Applies styling to various parameters.  Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
argument; protects italic styled parameters.  Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().


the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
<number> is a five-digit number
]]
]]


local function wrap_style (key, str)
function arxiv (id)
if not is_set( str ) then
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
return "";
local year, month, version;
elseif in_array( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
local err_cat = ""
str = safe_for_italics( str );
end
if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
 
year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
year = tonumber(year);
end
month = tonumber(month);
 
if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K >----------------------------------------------------
((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
 
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
Format an external link with error checking
end
 
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
]]
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
else
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- arXiv id doesn't match any format
end


local function external_link( URL, label, source )
return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
local error_str = "";
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
if not is_set( label ) then
label = URL;
if is_set( source ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
else
error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
end
end
if not check_url( URL ) then
error_str = set_error( 'bad_url', {wrap_style ('parameter', source)}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
end
return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safe_for_url( label ), "]", error_str });
end
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T E R N A L _ L I N K _ I D >----------------------------------------------


Formats a wiki style external link
--[[
 
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
]]
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
a. Remove it.
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.


local function external_link_id(options)
Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate. There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
local url_string = options.id;
]]
if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
end
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
end


--[[--------------------------< D E P R E C A T E D _ P A R A M E T E R >--------------------------------------
function normalize_lccn (lccn)
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace


Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters. The function includes the
if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
offending parameter name to the error message.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
parameters in the citation.
end


]]
local prefix
local suffix
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix


local page_in_deprecated_cat; -- sticky flag so that the category is added only once
if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
local function deprecated_parameter(name)
suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
if not page_in_deprecated_cat then
lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn
page_in_deprecated_cat = true; -- note that we've added this category
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } ); -- add error message
return lccn;
end
end
end
--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------


Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
--[[
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/
" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.


Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.
length = 8 then all digits
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha


]]
]]
function lccn(lccn)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the lccn


local function kern_quotes (str)
id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
local cap='';
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn
local cap2='';
cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)"); -- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
if is_set (cap) then
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
end


cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
if 8 == len then
if is_set (cap) then
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
end
end
return str;
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
end
if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
 
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ S C R I P T _ V A L U E >----------------------------------------
 
|script-title= holds title parameters that are not written in Latin based scripts: Chinese, Japanese, Arabic, Hebrew, etc. These scripts should
not be italicized and may be written right-to-left.  The value supplied by |script-title= is concatenated onto Title after Title has been wrapped
in italic markup.
 
Regardless of language, all values provided by |script-title= are wrapped in <bdi>...</bdi> tags to isolate rtl languages from the English left to right.
 
|script-title= provides a unique feature. The value in |script-title= may be prefixed with a two-character ISO639-1 language code and a colon:
|script-title=ja:*** *** (where * represents a Japanese character)
Spaces between the two-character code and the colon and the colon and the first script character are allowed:
|script-title=ja : *** ***
|script-title=ja: *** ***
|script-title=ja :*** ***
Spaces preceding the prefix are allowed: |script-title = ja:*** ***
 
The prefix is checked for validity.  If it is a valid ISO639-1 language code, the lang attribute (lang="ja") is added to the <bdi> tag so that browsers can
know the language the tag contains.  This may help the browser render the script more correctly.  If the prefix is invalid, the lang attribute
is not added.  At this time there is no error message for this condition.
 
Supports |script-title= and |script-chapter=
 
TODO: error messages when prefix is invalid ISO639-1 code; when script_value has prefix but no script;
]]
 
local function format_script_value (script_value)
local lang=''; -- initialize to empty string
local name;
if script_value:match('^%l%l%s*:') then -- if first 3 non-space characters are script language prefix
lang = script_value:match('^(%l%l)%s*:%s*%S.*'); -- get the language prefix or nil if there is no script
if not is_set (lang) then
return ''; -- script_value was just the prefix so return empty string
end
end
-- if we get this far we have prefix and script
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang, "en" ); -- get language name so that we can use it to categorize
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
if is_set (name) then -- is prefix a proper ISO 639-1 language code?
if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
script_value = script_value:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- strip prefix from script
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
-- is prefix one of these language codes?
if in_array (lang, {'ar', 'bg', 'bs', 'dv', 'el', 'fa', 'he', 'hy', 'ja', 'ka', 'ko', 'ku', 'mk', 'ps', 'ru', 'sd', 'sr', 'th', 'uk', 'ug', 'yi', 'zh'}) then
add_prop_cat ('script_with_name', {name, lang})
else
add_prop_cat ('script')
end
end
lang = ' lang="' .. lang .. '" '; -- convert prefix into a lang attribute
else
lang = ''; -- invalid so set lang to empty string
end
end
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
else
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message
end
end
script_value = substitute (cfg.presentation['bdi'], {lang, script_value}); -- isolate in case script is rtl


return script_value;
if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' ); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
end
 
return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S C R I P T _ C O N C A T E N A T E >------------------------------------------
--[[
Format PMID and do simple error checking.  PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
]]
function pmid(id)
local test_limit = 30000000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMID is valid
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
else -- PMID is only digits
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
end
end
return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end


Initially for |title= and |script-title=, this function concatenates those two parameter values after the script value has been
--[[
wrapped in <bdi> tags.
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
in the future, returns true; otherwise, returns false because the embargo has expired or |embargo= not set in this cite.
]]
]]
 
function is_embargoed(embargo)
local function script_concatenate (title, script)
if is_set(embargo) then
if is_set (script) then
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
script = format_script_value (script); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; returns empty string on error
local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
if is_set (script) then
good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
title = title .. ' ' .. script; -- concatenate title and script title
good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
if good1 and good2 and tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then --is embargo date is in the future?
return true; -- still embargoed
end
end
end
end
return title;
return false; -- embargo expired or |embargo= not set
end
end


--[[
Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------
The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future
 
the PMC identifier will not be linked to the article.  If the embargo specifies a date in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then
Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
the PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().


PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.
]]
]]
function pmc(id, embargo)
local test_limit = 5000000; -- update this value as PMCs approach
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMC is valid
local text;


local function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits
if not is_set( str ) then
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
return "";
else -- PMC is only digits
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
end
end
end
if true == lower then
local msg;
if is_embargoed(embargo) then
msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower(); -- set the message to lower case before
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; --still embargoed so no external link
return substitute( msg, str ); -- including template text
else
else
return substitute( cfg.messages[key], str );
text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, --no embargo date, ok to link to article
end
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
return text;
end
end


-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.


--[[-------------------------< I S _ A L I A S _ U S E D >-----------------------------------------------------
-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
-- Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
-- Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant


This function is used by select_one() to determine if one of a list of alias parameters is in the argument list
-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
provided by the template.
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.


Input:
-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
args – pointer to the arguments table from calling template
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.
alias – one of the list of possible aliases in the aliases lists from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration
index – for enumerated parameters, identifies which one
enumerated – true/false flag used choose how enumerated aliases are examined
value – value associated with an alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected
selected – the alias that has previously been selected; nil if not yet selected
error_list – list of aliases that are duplicates of the alias already selected


Returns:
function doi(id, inactive)
value – value associated with alias we selected or that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected
local cat = ""
selected – the alias we selected or the alias that was previously selected or nil if an alias not yet selected
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
 
]]
local text;
 
if is_set(inactive) then
local function is_alias_used (args, alias, index, enumerated, value, selected, error_list)
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
if enumerated then -- is this a test for an enumerated parameters?
text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
alias = alias:gsub ('#', index); -- replace '#' with the value in index
if is_set(inactive_year) then
else
table.insert( z.error_categories, "CS1 관리 - 깨진 DOI/" .. inactive_year .. "년");  -- LOCAL
alias = alias:gsub ('#', ''); -- remove '#' if it exists
else
table.insert( z.error_categories, "CS1 관리 - 깨진 DOI" ); -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year  -- LOCAL
end
inactive = " (" .. inactive .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. ")"  -- LOCAL
else  
text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
inactive = ""
end
end


if is_set(args[alias]) then -- alias is in the template's argument list
if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
if value ~= nil and selected ~= alias then -- if we have already selected one of the aliases
cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_doi' );
local skip;
for _, v in ipairs(error_list) do -- spin through the error list to see if we've added this alias
if v == alias then
skip = true;
break; -- has been added so stop looking
end
end
if not skip then -- has not been added so
table.insert( error_list, alias ); -- add error alias to the error list
end
else
value = args[alias]; -- not yet selected an alias, so select this one
selected = alias;
end
end
end
return value, selected; -- return newly selected alias, or previously selected alias
return text .. inactive .. cat
end
end


-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
function openlibrary(id)
local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$"); -- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];


--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ O N E >----------------------------------------------------------
if ( code == "A" ) then
return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix="http://openlibrary.org/authors/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode})
elseif ( code == "M" ) then
return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix="http://openlibrary.org/books/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode})
elseif ( code == "W" ) then
return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/works/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode})
else
return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
encode = handler.encode}) ..
' ' .. seterror( 'bad_ol' );
end
end


Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider.  The list of parameters to consider is just
--[[
names.  For parameters that may be enumerated, the position of the numerator in the parameter name is identified
Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
by the '#' so |author-last1= and |author1-last= are represented as 'author-last#' and 'author#-last'.
digits with a space. When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:
 
Because enumerated parameter |<param>1= is an alias of |<param>= we must test for both possibilities.
 
 
Generates an error if more than one match is present.


|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.
]]
]]
function issn(id)
local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
local text;
local valid_issn = true;


local function select_one( args, aliases_list, error_condition, index )
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn
local value = nil; -- the value assigned to the selected parameter
local selected = ''; -- the name of the parameter we have chosen
local error_list = {};


if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
 
valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character
for _, alias in ipairs( aliases_list ) do -- for each alias in the aliases list
else
if alias:match ('#') then -- if this alias can be enumerated
valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn
if '1' == index then -- when index is 1 test for enumerated and non-enumerated aliases
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); -- first test for non-enumerated alias
end
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, true, value, selected, error_list); -- test for enumerated alias
else
value, selected = is_alias_used (args, alias, index, false, value, selected, error_list); --test for non-enumerated alias
end
end
end


if #error_list > 0 and 'none' ~= error_condition then -- for cases where this code is used outside of extract_names()
if true == valid_issn then
local error_str = "";
id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
else
if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
end
if #error_list > 1 then
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
else
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
end
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
end
end
return value, selected;
text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
if false == valid_issn then
text = text .. ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
end
return text
end
end


--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------


--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
Validate and format a usenet message id.  Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.


Format the four chapter parameters: |script-chapter=, |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
]]
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages).


]]
function message_id (id)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];


local function format_chapter_title (scriptchapter, chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source, no_quotes)
text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
local chapter_error = '';
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
text = text .. ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_message_id' ) -- add an error message if the message id is invalid
end
if not is_set (chapter) then
return text
chapter = ''; -- to be safe for concatenation
else
if false == no_quotes then
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
end
end
 
chapter = script_concatenate (chapter, scriptchapter) -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
 
if is_set (transchapter) then
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
if is_set (chapter) then
chapter = chapter ..  ' ' .. transchapter;
else -- here when transchapter without chapter or script-chapter
chapter = transchapter; --
chapter_error = ' ' .. set_error ('trans_missing_title', {'chapter'});
end
end
 
if is_set (chapterurl) then
chapter = external_link (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
end
 
return chapter .. chapter_error;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------


This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the
first match.


This function will detect the visible replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------


Detects but ignores nowiki and math stripmarkers.  Also detects other named stripmarkers (gallery, math, pre, ref)
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those citations that have defaults.
and identifies them with a slightly different error message.  See also coins_cleanup().
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).


Detects but ignores the character pattern that results from the transclusion of {{'}} templates.
]]
function set_titletype(cite_class, title_type)
if is_set(title_type) then
if "none" == title_type then
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
end
if "없음" == title_type then -- LOCAL 시작
title_type = "";
end -- LOCAL 끝
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end


Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group, or the stripmarker
if "AV-media-notes" == cite_class or "DVD-notes" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite AV media notes or cite DVD notes
that was detected along with its position (or, for multi-byte characters, the position of its first byte) in the
return "미디어 설명"; -- display AV media notes / DVD media notes annotation -- LOCAL
parameter value.


]]
elseif "mailinglist" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite mailing list
return "메일링 리스트"; -- display mailing list annotation -- LOCAL


local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
elseif "podcast" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite podcast
local position = ''; -- position of invisible char or starting position of stripmarker
return "팟캐스트"; -- display podcast annotation -- LOCAL
local dummy; -- end of matching string; not used but required to hold end position when a capture is returned
local capture; -- used by stripmarker detection to hold name of the stripmarker
local i=1;
local stripmarker, apostrophe;


while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
elseif "pressrelease" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite press release
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
return "보도 자료"; -- display press release annotation -- LOCAL
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
position, dummy, capture = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if position then
-- if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture or ('ref' == capture and 'quote' == param) then -- nowiki, math, or quote param and ref stripmarker (not an error condition)
if 'nowiki' == capture or 'math' == capture then -- nowiki, math stripmarker (not an error condition)
stripmarker = true; -- set a flag
elseif true == stripmarker and 'delete' == char then -- because stripmakers begin and end with the delete char, assume that we've found one end of a stripmarker
position = nil; -- unset
elseif 'apostrophe' == char then -- apostrophe template uses &zwj;, hair space and zero-width space
apostrophe = true;
elseif true == apostrophe and in_array (char, {'zero width joiner', 'zero width space', 'hair space'}) then
position = nil; -- unset
else
local err_msg;
if capture then
err_msg = capture .. ' ' .. char;
else
err_msg = char .. ' ' .. 'character';
end


table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {err_msg, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
elseif "report" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite report
return; -- and done with this parameter
return "보고서"; -- display report annotation -- LOCAL
end
end
elseif "techreport" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite techreport
i=i+1; -- bump our index
return "기술 보고서"; -- display techreport annotation -- LOCAL
elseif "thesis" == cite_class then -- if this citation is cite thesis (degree option handled after this function returns)
return "학위논문"; -- display simple thesis annotation (without |degree= modification) -- LOCAL
end
end
end
end


--[[
Determines whether a URL string is valid


--[[--------------------------< A R G U M E N T _ W R A P P E R >----------------------------------------------
At present the only check is whether the string appears to
be prefixed with a URI scheme.  It is not determined whether
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well
formed.
]]
function checkurl( url_str )
-- Protocol-relative or URL scheme
return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or url_str:match( "^[^/]*:" ) ~= nil;
end


Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument mapping defined in the configuration file so that
-- Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
multiple names can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
-- Similar to that used for Special:BookSources
function cleanisbn( isbn_str )
return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
end


]]
--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------


local function argument_wrapper( args )
Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped.  This is important because functions like
local origin = {};
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
]]
return setmetatable({
function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
ORIGIN = function( self, k )
argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %%
local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
return origin[k];
return argument;
end
end
},
 
{
--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------
__index = function ( tbl, k )
 
if origin[k] ~= nil then
Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
return nil;
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup.  We presume that editors who have taken the time to
end
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.
 
local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
]]
function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
if type( list ) == 'table' then
if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end
v, origin[k] = select_one( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
if origin[k] == nil then
origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
end
elseif list ~= nil then
v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
else
-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
end
-- Empty strings, not nil;
if v == nil then
v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
origin[k] = '';
end
tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
return v;
end,
});
end


--[[--------------------------< V A L I D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------------
while true do
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.
if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then -- bold italic (5)
 
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it
Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then -- italic start and end without content (4)
true - active, supported parameters
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
false - deprecated, supported parameters
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then -- bold (3)
nil - unsupported parameters
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then -- italic (2)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
else
break;
end
end
return argument; -- done
end
 
--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
 
Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)
 
Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
of %27%27...
]]
]]


local function validate( name )
function make_coins_title (title, script)
local name = tostring( name );
if is_set (title) then
local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup
else
-- Normal arguments
title=''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
if false == state then
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
return true;
end
end
if is_set (script) then
-- Arguments with numbers in them
script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" ); -- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup
state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
else
if true == state then return true; end -- valid actively supported parameter
script=''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
if false == state then
end
deprecated_parameter (name); -- parameter is deprecated but still supported
if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
return true;
script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate
end
end
return title .. script; -- return the concatenation
return false; -- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------


-- Formats a wiki style internal link
Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.
local function internal_link_id(options)
return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
);
end


 
]]
--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------
function get_coins_pages (pages)
 
local pattern;
When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY
 
DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.
 
]]
 
local function nowrap_date (date)
local cap='';
local cap2='';
 
if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
elseif date:match("^%a+%s*%d%d?,%s+%d%d%d%d$") or date:match ("^%d%d?%s*%a+%s+%d%d%d%d$") then
while true do
cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls
pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
end
end
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
return date;
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
return pages;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N >-----------------------------------------------------
--[[
 
ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in checkisbn().
ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in check_isbn().
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
spaces and other non-isxn characters.
spaces and other non-isxn characters.
]]
]]
 
function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
local function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
local temp = 0;
local temp = 0;
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39, 'X' → 0x58
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) }; -- make a table of bytes
len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
len = len+1; -- adjust to be a loop counter
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do -- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X (compares the byte value of 'X' which is 0x58)
if v == string.byte( "X" ) then -- if checkdigit is X
temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal
temp = temp + 10*( len - i ); -- it represents 10 decimal
else
else
964번째 줄: 867번째 줄:
end
end


 
-- Determines whether an ISBN string is valid
--[[--------------------------< IS _ V A L I D _ I S X N  _ 1 3 >----------------------------------------------
function checkisbn( isbn_str )
 
if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
ISBN-13 and ISMN validator code calculates checksum across all 13 isbn/ismn digits including the check digit.
If the number is valid, the result will be 0. Before calling this function, isbn-13/ismn must be checked for length
and stripped of dashes, spaces and other non-isxn-13 characters.
 
]]
 
local function is_valid_isxn_13 (isxn_str)
local temp=0;
isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, 13) }; -- make a table of byte values '0' → 0x30 .. '9'  → 0x39
for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) ); -- multiply odd index digits by 1, even index digits by 3 and sum; includes check digit
end
return temp % 10 == 0; -- sum modulo 10 is zero when isbn-13/ismn is correct
end
 
--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S B N >------------------------------------------------------------
 
Determines whether an ISBN string is valid
 
]]
 
local function check_isbn( isbn_str )
if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end -- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces
isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" ); -- remove hyphens and spaces
local len = isbn_str:len();
local len = isbn_str:len();
1,003번째 줄: 882번째 줄:
else
else
local temp = 0;
local temp = 0;
if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979; ismn begins with 979
if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end -- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979
return is_valid_isxn_13 (isbn_str);
isbn_str = { isbn_str:byte(1, len) };
for i, v in ipairs( isbn_str ) do
temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) );
end
return temp % 10 == 0;
end
end
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C H E C K _ I S M N >------------------------------------------------------------
-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
function removewikilink( str )
return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
end));
end


Determines whether an ISMN string is valid.  Similar to isbn-13, ismn is 13 digits begining 979-0-... and uses the
-- Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
same check digit calculations.  See http://www.ismn-international.org/download/Web_ISMN_Users_Manual_2008-6.pdf
function safeforurl( str )
section 2, pages 9–12.
if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then  
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
]]
 
local function ismn (id)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISMN'];
local text;
local valid_ismn = true;
 
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the ismn
 
if 13 ~= id:len() or id:match( "^9790%d*$" ) == nil then -- ismn must be 13 digits and begin 9790
valid_ismn = false;
else
valid_ismn=is_valid_isxn_13 (id); -- validate ismn
end
end
-- text = internal_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- use this (or external version) when there is some place to link to
-- prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]" .. handler.separator .. id; -- because no place to link to yet
if false == valid_ismn then
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ismn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
end
return text;
return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {
['['] = '&#91;',
[']'] = '&#93;',
['\n'] = ' ' } );
end
end


--[[--------------------------< I S S N >----------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
 
function hyphentodash( str )
Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:
return str;
end
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end


|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327] -- can't have spaces in an external link
-- Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
function safeforitalics( str )
--[[ Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for
italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that they will be inverted
(i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references. In addition, <i> and ''
tend to interact poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy. ]]
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint. It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
if not is_set(str) then
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
return str;
error message. The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.
else
if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end
if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end
-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
end
end


]]
-- LOCAL 시작
function yearcheck( str )
return str:gsub( '년', '' );
end


local function issn(id)
function monthcheck( str )
local issn_copy = id; -- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
return str:gsub( '월', '' )
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
  :gsub( "January", "1" ):gsub( "February", "2" ):gsub( "March", "3" ):gsub( "April", "4" )
local text;
  :gsub( "May", "5" ):gsub( "June", "6" ):gsub( "July", "7" ):gsub( "August", "8" )
local valid_issn = true;
  :gsub( "September", "9" ):gsub( "October", "10" ):gsub( "November", "11" ):gsub( "December", "12" );
 
end
id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" ); -- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn
 
if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then -- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
valid_issn=false; -- wrong length or improper character
else
valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8); -- validate issn
end


if true == valid_issn then
function editioncheck( str )
id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 ); -- if valid, display correctly formatted version
return str:gsub( "판", "" ):gsub( "ed.", "" ):gsub( "st", "" ):gsub( "nd", "" ):gsub( "rd", "" ):gsub( "th", "" );
else
id = issn_copy; -- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
end
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
if false == valid_issn then
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_issn' ) -- add an error message if the issn is invalid
end
return text
end
end
-- LOCAL 끝


--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< S A F E J O I N >--------------------------------------------------------------


Formats a link to Amazon.  Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.
characters.  If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.


]]
]]
 
function safejoin( tbl, duplicate_char )
local function amazon(id, domain)
--[[
local err_cat = ""
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
 
if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
else
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then -- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
]]
if check_isbn( id ) then -- see if asin value is isbn10
add_maint_cat ('ASIN');
local str = ''; -- the output string
elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin is not isbn10
local end_chr = '';
local trim;
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
if value == nil then value = ''; end
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
elseif value ~= '' then
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
else
comp = value;
end
end
elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
err_cat =  ' ' .. set_error ('bad_asin'); -- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
end
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
end
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
if not is_set(domain) then
trim = false;
domain = "com";
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
elseif in_array (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then -- Japan, United Kingdom
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
domain = "co." .. domain;
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
elseif in_array (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then -- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
domain = "com." .. domain;
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
end
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
return external_link_id({link=handler.link,
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''  
label=handler.label, prefix=handler.prefix .. domain .. "/dp/",
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
id=id, encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''
end
trim = true; -- same question
 
end
--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
 
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier
trim = true;
 
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
format and error check arXiv identifier. There are three valid forms of the identifier:
trim = true;
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
trim = true;
where:
end
<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
end
<number> is a three-digit number
end
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
<number> is a four-digit number
<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces


the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
if trim then
arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
where:
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
<number> is a five-digit number
]]
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
else
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
end
end
end
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
end
end
return str;
end 
 
-- Attempts to convert names to initials.
function reducetoinitials(first)
local initials = {}
local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials
for word in string.gmatch(first, "%S+") do
table.insert(initials, string.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
end
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end


local function arxiv (id, class)
-- Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
function listpeople(control, people)
local year, month, version;
local sep;
local err_cat = '';
local namesep;
local text;
local format = control.format
local maximum = control.maximum
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
local text = {}
local etal = false;
if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
year = tonumber(year);
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
month = tonumber(month);
if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- if invalid year or invalid month
((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then -- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or -- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then -- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
year = tonumber(year);
month = tonumber(month);
if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then -- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- set error message
end
else
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_arxiv' ); -- arXiv id doesn't match any format
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
end
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
 
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
 
if is_set (class) then
class = ' [[' .. '//arxiv.org/archive/' .. class .. ' ' .. class .. ']]'; -- external link within square brackets, not wikilink
else
class = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
end
end
return text .. class;
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
end
if maximum ~= nil and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end
 
--[[
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
if is_set(person.last) then
1. Remove all blanks.
local mask = person.mask
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
local one
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
local sep_one = sep;
a. Remove it.
if maximum ~= nil and i > maximum then
b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
etal = true;
1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
break;
2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
local n = tonumber(mask)
if (n ~= nil) then
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
else
one = mask;
sep_one = " ";
end
else
one = person.last
local first = person.first
if is_set(first) then
if ( "vanc" == format ) then first = reducetoinitials(first) end
one = one .. namesep .. first
end
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end


Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate. There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
if is_set(person.link) and ((nil ~= person.link:find("//")) or (nil ~= person.link:find("[%[%]]"))) then
]]
one = one .. " " .. seterror( 'bad_authorlink' ) end -- url or wikilink in author link;
 
end
local function normalize_lccn (lccn)
table.insert( text, one )
lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", ""); -- 1. strip whitespace
table.insert( text, sep_one )
 
end
if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/"); -- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
end
end


local prefix
local count = #text / 2;
local suffix
if count > 0 then
prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)"); -- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
 
text[#text-2] = " & ";
if nil ~= suffix then -- if there was a hyphen
end
suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix; -- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
text[#text] = nil;  
lccn=prefix..suffix; -- reassemble the lccn
end
end
return lccn;
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
if etal then
local etal_text = cfg.messages['et al'];
result = result .. " " .. etal_text;
end
end
return result, count
end


--[[
--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R I D >--------------------------------------------------------------
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/
 
length = 8 then all digits
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha


]]
]]


local function lccn(lccn)
function anchorid( options )
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
local id = table.concat( options ); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that LCCN is valid
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
local id = lccn; -- local copy of the lccn
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
 
id = normalize_lccn (id); -- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
local len = id:len(); -- get the length of the lccn
 
if 8 == len then
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
end
elseif 9 == len then -- LCCN should be adddddddd
if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- does it match our pattern?
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- set an error message
end
elseif 10 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- ... see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
end
elseif 11 == len then -- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then -- see if it matches one of our patterns
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
elseif 12 == len then -- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then -- see if it matches our pattern
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- no match, set an error message
end
else
else
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- wrong length, set an error message
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
 
if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_lccn' ); -- lccn contains a space, set an error message
end
end
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
end


--[[
--[[
Format PMID and do simple error checking.  PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
Gets name list from the input arguments
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
]]


local function pmid(id)
Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
local test_limit = 30000000; -- update this value as PMIDs approach
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
local err_cat = ''; -- presume that PMID is valid
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMID has anything but digits
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
else -- PMID is only digits
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmid' ); -- set an error message
end
end
return external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ E M B A R G O E D >------------------------------------------------------
 
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
in the future, returns the content of |embargo=; otherwise, returns and empty string because the embargo has expired or because
|embargo= was not set in this cite.


This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
]]
]]
 
function extractnames(args, list_name)
local function is_embargoed (embargo)
local names = {}; -- table of names
if is_set (embargo) then
local last; -- individual name components
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
local first;
local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
local link;
good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
local mask;
good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
if good1 and good2 then -- if embargo date and today's date are good dates
local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
if tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then -- is embargo date is in the future?
 
return embargo; -- still embargoed
while true do
else
last = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
add_maint_cat ('embargo')
first = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
return ''; -- unset because embargo has expired
link = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
 
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 == count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask}; -- add this name to our names list
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
end
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
end
return ''; -- |embargo= not set return empty string
return names; -- all done, return our list of names
end
end


--[[--------------------------< P M C >------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
 
function extractids( args )
Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.
local id_list = {};
 
for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do
The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future the PMC identifier will not
v = selectone( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
be linked to the article. If the embargo date is today or in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then the
if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.
end
 
return id_list;
PMC embargo date testing is done in function is_embargoed () which is called earlier because when the citation
end
has |pmc=<value> but does not have a |url= then |title= is linked with the PMC link.  Function is_embargoed ()
returns the embargo date if the PMC article is still embargoed, otherwise it returns an empty string.


PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
--[[--------------------------< B U I L D I D L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.
Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.


]]
]]
function buildidlist( id_list, options )
local new_list, handler = {};


local function pmc(id, embargo)
function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
local test_limit = 5000000; -- update this value as PMCs approach
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
local err_cat =  ''; -- presume that PMC is valid
local text;
for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
 
-- fallback to read-only cfg
if id:match("[^%d]") then -- if PMC has anything but digits
handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
else -- PMC is only digits
if handler.mode == 'external' then
local id_num = tonumber(id); -- convert id to a number for range testing
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, externallinkid( handler ) } );
if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then -- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
err_cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_pmc' ); -- set an error message
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internallinkid( handler ) } );
end
elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
end
error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
elseif k == 'DOI' then
if is_set (embargo) then -- is PMC is still embargoed?
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat; -- still embargoed so no external link
elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
else
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v ) } );
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label, -- no embargo date or embargo has expired, ok to link to article
elseif k == 'ASIN' then
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } );
end
elseif k == 'LCCN' then
return text;
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
end
elseif k == 'OL' then
 
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.
elseif k == 'PMC' then
 
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
elseif k == 'PMID' then
--  Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
--  Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant
elseif k == 'ISSN' then
 
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
elseif k == 'ISBN' then
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.
local ISBN = internallinkid( handler );
 
if not checkisbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
ISBN = ISBN .. seterror( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.
end
 
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );
local function doi(id, inactive)
elseif k == 'USENETID' then
local cat = ""
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
else
error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
end
end
local text;
function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()
if is_set(inactive) then
return a[1] < b[1];
local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or ''; -- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
if is_set(inactive_year) then
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with DOIs inactive since " .. inactive_year );
else
table.insert( z.error_categories, "Pages with inactive DOIs" ); -- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year
end
inactive = " (" .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. " " .. inactive .. ")"
else
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
inactive = ""
end
end
 
if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then -- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
table.sort( new_list, comp );
cat = ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_doi' );
for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
new_list[k] = v[2];
end
end
return text .. inactive .. cat
return new_list;
end
end
 
 
 
-- Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
--[[--------------------------< O P E N L I B R A R Y >--------------------------------------------------------
-- Generates an error if more than one match is present.
 
function selectone( args, possible, error_condition, index )
Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
local value = nil;
 
local selected = '';
]]
local error_list = {};
local function openlibrary(id)
local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$"); -- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];
 
-- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
if ( code == "A" ) then
if index == '1' then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'authors/OL',
v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
if is_set(args[v]) then
elseif ( code == "M" ) then
if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
table.insert( error_list, v );
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'books/OL',
else
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
value = args[v];
elseif ( code == "W" ) then
selected = v;
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
end
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'works/OL',
end
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode})
end
else
end
return external_link_id({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix .. 'OL',
for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
id=id, separator=handler.separator, encode = handler.encode}) .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_ol' );
if index ~= nil then
v = v:gsub( "#", index );
end
if is_set(args[v]) then
if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
table.insert( error_list, v );
else
value = args[v];
selected = v;
end
end
end
if #error_list > 0 then
local error_str = "";
for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
end
if #error_list > 1 then
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
else
error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
end
error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
end
end
return value, selected;
end
end


 
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse
--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------
-- the citation information.
 
function COinS(data)
Validate and format a usenet message id.  Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.
return '';
 
end
]]
 
local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
local function message_id (id)
local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];
 
text = external_link_id({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then -- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
text = text .. ' ' .. set_error( 'bad_message_id' ) -- add an error message if the message id is invalid
end  
return text
-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
end
local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
 
__newindex = function(self, key, value)
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------
if is_set(value) then
 
rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( removewikilink( value ) ) } );
This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those templates that have defaults.
end
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).
end
 
});
]]
 
if is_set(data.Chapter) then
local function set_titletype (cite_class, title_type)
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
if is_set(title_type) then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
if "none" == title_type then
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter;
title_type = ""; -- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
elseif is_set(data.Periodical) then
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
else
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
end
OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
if k == 'ISBN' then value = cleanisbn( v ); else value = v; end
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
else
OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
end
end
local last, first;
for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
last, first = v.last, v.first;
if k == 1 then
if is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
end
if is_set(first) then  
OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
end
end
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
elseif is_set(last) then
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
end
end
return title_type; -- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
end
end
 
return cfg.title_types [cite_class] or ''; -- set template's default title type; else empty string for concatenation
OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
table.sort( OCinSoutput );
table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end
end


--[[--------------------------< C L E A N _ I S B N >----------------------------------------------------------


Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
Similar to that used for Special:BookSources


]]
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code.  Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.


local function clean_isbn( isbn_str )
Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
end
with the code.  When there is no match, we return the original language name string.


--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------
mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code.  When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
returns only the Wikimedia language name.


Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped.  This is important because functions like
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
]]
]]
local function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
 
argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%"); -- replace % with %%
function get_iso639_code (lang)
argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1"); -- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR -- LOCAL
return argument;
return '노르웨이어', 'no'; -- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized -- LOCAL
end
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('ko', 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia -- LOCAL
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
if 2 ~= code:len() then -- ISO639-1 codes only
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
end
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
end
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
end
end


--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------


Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided.  If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup.  We presume that editors who have taken the time to
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.


]]
There is an exception.  There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants.  There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn').  The third, code 'no',  is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless.  However, it appears
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.


local function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.


while true do
See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test
if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then -- bold italic (5)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", ""); -- remove all instances of it
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then -- italic start and end without content (4)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then -- bold (3)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then -- italic (2)
argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
else
break;
end
end
return argument; -- done
end


--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------
When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'.  Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.


Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)
]]
 
function language_parameter (lang, namespace)
local code; -- the ISO639-1 two character code
local name; -- the language name
local test='';
if 0 == namespace and (('ko' == lang:lower()) or ('korean' == lang:lower()) or ('한국어' == lang:lower())) then -- LOCAL
table.insert (z.maintenance_cats, 'CS1 관리 - 한국어 인용 (ko)'); -- add maintenance category if |language=English or |language=en in article space -- LOCAL
end


Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
if 2 == lang:len() then -- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
of %27%27...
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "ko" ); -- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code -- LOCAL
]]
end


local function make_coins_title (title, script)
if is_set (name) then -- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
if is_set (title) then
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title); -- strip any apostrophe markup
else
else
title=''; -- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
end
end
if is_set (script) then
 
script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', ''); -- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
if is_set (code) then
script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script); -- strip any apostrophe markup
if 'no' == code then name = '노르웨이어' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'no' -- LOCAL
if 0 == namespace and 'ko' ~= code then -- is this page main / article space and English not the language? -- LOCAL
table.insert( z.properties_cats, 'CS1 - ' .. name .. ' 인용 (' .. code .. ')'); -- in main space and not English: categorize -- LOCAL
end
else
else
script=''; -- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
table.insert (z.maintenance_cats, 'CS1 관리 - 인식할 수 없는 언어'); -- add maintenance category when |language= does not appear to be ISO 639-1 language
end
if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
script = ' ' .. script; -- add a space before we concatenate
end
end
return title .. script; -- return the concatenation
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- wrap with '(in ...)'
end
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
 
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.
rendered style.


]]
]]


local function get_coins_pages (pages)
function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local pattern;
local sep;
if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end -- if no page numbers then we're done
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
sep = ','; -- set citation separator to its default (comma)
while true do
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]"); -- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
if nil == pattern then break; end -- no more urls
end
pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern); -- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
pages = pages:gsub(pattern, ""); -- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
end
else -- not a citation template so CS1
sep = '.'; -- set cite xxx separator to its default (period)
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set
ps = '.'; -- set cs1 default
end
end
end
pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", ""); -- remove the brackets
pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" ); -- replace endashes with hyphens
pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" ); -- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
return pages;
end


-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
local function remove_wiki_link( str )
return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
end));
end
end


-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
local function hyphen_to_dash( str )
if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
return str;
end
return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end


--[[--------------------------< S A F E _ J O I N >------------------------------------------------------------
Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
 
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.
Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.


]]
]]


local function safe_join( tbl, duplicate_char )
function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
--[[
local sep;
Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
if is_set (mode) then
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
sep = ','; -- separate elements with a comma
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- unless explicitely set to something
ref = 'harv'; -- set so this template renders with CITEREF anchor id
end
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
sep = '.'; -- separate elements with a period
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
end
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'invalid_param_val', {'mode', mode}, true ) } ); -- add error message
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
end
else -- when |mode= empty or omitted
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
end
if '없음' == ps:lower() then -- LOCAL
ps = ''; -- LOCAL
end
This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as
return sep, ps, ref
long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
end
in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
 
 
--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation
formatting.
]]
function citation0( config, args)
--[[
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple
aliases to single internal variable.
]]
]]
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
local i
local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
if is_set( A['NoPP'] ) then PPPrefix = "" PPrefix = "" end
local str = ''; -- the output string
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
local comp = ''; -- what does 'comp' mean?
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
local end_chr = '';
local Authors = A['Authors'];
local trim;
local a = extractnames( args, 'AuthorList' );
for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
 
if value == nil then value = ''; end
local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
local Others = A['Others'];
if str == '' then -- if output string is empty
local Editors = A['Editors'];
str = value; -- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
local e = extractnames( args, 'EditorList' );
elseif value ~= '' then
 
if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then -- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat']; -- replaces |author-format= and |editor-format=
comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" ); -- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
if is_set (NameListFormat) and ('vanc' ~= NameListFormat) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'invalid_param_val', {'name-list-format', NameListFormat}, true ) } ); -- not vanc so add error message
comp = value;
NameListFormat = ''; -- set to empty string
end
end
-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
 
if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then -- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
local Year = A['Year'];
--  Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
--  preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
trim = false;
local Date = A['Date'];
end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1); -- get the last character of the output string
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")" -- debug stuff?
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
if end_chr == duplicate_char then -- if same as separator
local Title = A['Title'];
str = str:sub(1,-2); -- remove it
-- local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; -- LOCAL
elseif end_chr == "'" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc''  
local Conference = A['Conference'];
str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''"; -- remove them and add back ''
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then -- if last five chars of str are sepc]]''  
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
trim = true; -- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then -- if last four chars of str are sepc]''  
local NoBracket = A['NoBracket']; -- LOCAL
trim = true; -- same question
local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
end
local ChapterLink = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated
elseif end_chr == "]" then -- if it might be wikimarkup
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then -- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
trim = true;
local Degree = A['Degree'];
elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then -- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
local Docket = A['Docket'];
trim = true;
local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then -- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
local URL = A['URL']
trim = true;
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
end
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
elseif end_chr == " " then -- if last char of output string is a space
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then -- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
str = str:sub(1,-3); -- remove them both
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
end
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
end
 
local Series = A['Series'];
local Volume = A['Volume'];
local Issue = A['Issue'];
local Position = '';
local Page = A['Page'];
local Pages = hyphentodash( A['Pages'] );
local At = A['At'];


if trim then
local Edition = A['Edition'];
if value ~= comp then -- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
local dup2 = duplicate_char;
local Place = A['Place'];
if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end -- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 ) -- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
else
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
value = value:sub( 2, -1 ); -- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
local Via = A['Via'];
end
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
end
local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
end
local Agency = A['Agency'];
str = str .. value; --add it to the output string
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
end
local Language = A['Language'];
end
local Format = A['Format'];
return str;
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
end 
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local ID = A['ID'];
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];


--[[--------------------------< I S _ G O O D _ V A N C _ N A M E >--------------------------------------------
local ID_list = extractids( args );


For Vancouver Style, author/editor names are supposed to be rendered in Latin (read ASCII) characters.  When a name
local Quote = A['Quote'];
uses characters that contain diacritical marks, those characters are to converted to the corresponding Latin character.
When a name is written using a non-Latin alphabet or logogram, that name is to be transliterated into Latin characters.
These things are not currently possible in this module so are left to the editor to do.


This test allows |first= and |last= names to contain any of the letters defined in the four Unicode Latin character sets
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0000.pdf C0 Controls and Basic Latin] 0041–005A, 0061–007A
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0080.pdf C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement] 00C0–00D6, 00D8–00F6, 00F8–00FF
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0100.pdf Latin Extended-A] 0100–017F
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']  
[http://www.unicode.org/charts/PDF/U0180.pdf Latin Extended-B] 0180–01BF, 01C4–024F
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL


|lastn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, and apostrophes. (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
|firstn= also allowed to contain hyphens, spaces, apostrophes, and periods
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];


At the time of this writing, I had to write the 'if nil == mw.ustring.find ...' test ouside of the code editor and paste it here
--these are used by cite interview
because the code editor gets confused between character insertion point and cursor position.
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
local City = A['City'];
local Program = A['Program'];


]]
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local COinS_date; -- used in the COinS metadata


local function is_good_vanc_name (last, first)
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
if nil == mw.ustring.find (last, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%']*$") or nil == mw.ustring.find (first, "^[A-Za-zÀ-ÖØ-öø-ƿDŽ-ɏ%-%s%'%.]*$") then
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
add_vanc_error ();
local PostScript;
return false; -- not a string of latin characters; Vancouver required Romanization
local Ref;
end;
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (A['Mode']:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
return true;
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
end
 
--[[--------------------------< R E D U C E _ T O _ I N I T I A L S >------------------------------------------


Attempts to convert names to initials in support of |name-list-format=vanc. 
--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------
 
Names in |firstn= may be separated by spaces or hyphens, or for initials, a period. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35062/.
 
Vancouver style requires family rank designations (Jr, II, III, etc) to be rendered as Jr, 2nd, 3rd, etc.  This form is not
currently supported by this code so correctly formed names like Smith JL 2nd are converted to Smith J2. See http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35085/.


This function uses ustring functions because firstname initials may be any of the unicode Latin characters accepted by is_good_vanc_name ().
Format the three chapter parameters: |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). 위에서 통째로 옮김.


]]
]]


local function reduce_to_initials(first)
function format_chapter_title (chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source)
if mw.ustring.match(first, "^%u%u$") then return first end; -- when first contains just two upper-case letters, nothing to do
local chapter_error = '';
local initials = {}
local i = 0; -- counter for number of initials
if not is_set (chapter) then
for word in mw.ustring.gmatch(first, "[^%s%.%-]+") do -- names separated by spaces, hyphens, or periods
chapter = ''; -- just to be safe for concatenation
table.insert(initials, mw.ustring.sub(word,1,1)) -- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
if is_set (transchapter) then
i = i + 1; -- bump the counter
chapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
if 2 <= i then break; end -- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
chapter_error = " " .. seterror ('trans_missing_chapter');
end
if is_set (chapterurl) then
chapter = externallink (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
end
return chapter .. chapter_error;
else -- here when chapter is set
chapter = kern_quotes (chapter); -- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
if is_set(NoBracket) then
chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
else
chapter = wrap_style ('single-bracket', chapter);
end
if is_set (transchapter) then
transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
end
if is_set (chapterurl) then
chapter = externallink (chapterurl, chapter); -- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
end
end
end
return table.concat(initials) -- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
return chapter;
end
end


--[[--------------------------< L I S T  _ P E O P L E >-------------------------------------------------------
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories.
if not is_set(no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if inArray (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
end


Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors)  
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters.
if is_set(Page) then
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
Page = Page .. " " .. seterror('extra_pages'); -- add error message
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
At = '';
end
elseif is_set(Pages) then
if is_set(At) then
Pages = Pages .. " " .. seterror('extra_pages'); -- add error messages
At = ''; -- unset
end
end


]]
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
 
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
local function list_people(control, people, etal, list_name) -- TODO: why is list_name here?  not used in this function
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
local sep;
local namesep;
local format = control.format
local maximum = control.maximum
local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
local text = {}
 
if 'vanc' == format then -- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
sep = ','; -- name-list separator between authors is a comma
namesep = ' '; -- last/first separator is a space
else
sep = ';' -- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
namesep = ', ' -- last/first separator is <comma><space>
end
end
if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
if is_set (maximum) and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end -- returned 0 is for EditorCount; not used for authors
for i,person in ipairs(people) do
--[[
if is_set(person.last) then
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
local mask = person.mask
When the citation has these parameters:
local one
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
local sep_one = sep;
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
if is_set (maximum) and i > maximum then
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
etal = true;
 
break;
|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
elseif (mask ~= nil) then
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
local n = tonumber(mask)
 
if (n ~= nil) then
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
TODO: script-title to script-chapter if and when we support script-chapter
else
]]
one = mask;
 
sep_one = " ";
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
end
 
else
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
one = person.last
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
local first = person.first
if is_set(Title) then
if is_set(first) then  
if not is_set(Chapter) then
if ( "vanc" == format ) then -- if vancouver format
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
one = one:gsub ('%.', ''); -- remove periods from surnames (http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK7271/box/A35029/)
TransChapter = TransTitle;
if not person.corporate and is_good_vanc_name (one, first) then -- and name is all Latin characters; corporate authors not tested
ChapterURL = URL;
first = reduce_to_initials(first) -- attempt to convert first name(s) to initials
Title = Periodical;
end
ChapterFormat = Format;
end
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
one = one .. namesep .. first
TransTitle = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
URL = ''; -- redundant so unset
if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
Format = ''; -- redundant so unset
one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]" -- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
end
end
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
table.insert( text, one )
table.insert( text, sep_one )
end
end
end
end


local count = #text / 2; -- (number of names + number of separators) divided by 2
-- Special case for cite techreport.
if count > 0 then  
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
if is_set(Issue) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue'
text[#text-2] = " & "; -- replace last separator with ampersand text
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
end
ID = Issue; -- yes, use it
text[#text] = nil; -- erase the last separator
Issue = ""; -- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
end
else -- can't use ID so emit error message
ID = ID .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
end
if etal and is_set (result) then -- etal may be set by |display-authors=etal but we might not have a last-first list
end
result = result .. sep .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- we've go a last-first list and etal so add et al.
end
end
return result, count
end


--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R _ I D >------------------------------------------------------------
-- special case for cite interview
 
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.
if is_set(Program) then
 
if is_set(NoBracket) then -- LOCAL
namelist is one of the contributor-, author-, or editor-name lists chosen in that order.  year is Year or anchor_year.
ID = " ''" .. Program .. "''" -- LOCAL
 
else -- LOCAL
]]
ID = " &#12298;" .. Program .. "&#12299;"; -- LOCAL
local function anchor_id (namelist, year)
local names={}; -- a table for the one to four names and year
for i,v in ipairs (namelist) do -- loop through the list and take up to the first four last names
names[i] = v.last
if i == 4 then break end -- if four then done
end
table.insert (names, year); -- add the year at the end
local id = table.concat(names); -- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
if is_set (id) then -- if concatenation is not an empty string
return "CITEREF" .. id; -- add the CITEREF portion
else
return ''; -- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
end
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< N A M E _ H A S _ E T A L >----------------------------------------------------
 
Evaluates the content of author and editor name parameters for variations on the theme of et al. If found,
the et al. is removed, a flag is set to true and the function returns the modified name and the flag.
 
This function never sets the flag to false but returns it's previous state because it may have been set by
previous passes through this function or by the parameters |display-authors=etal or |display-editors=etal
 
]]
 
local function name_has_etal (name, etal, nocat)
 
if is_set (name) then -- name can be nil in which case just return
local etal_pattern = "[;,]? *[\"']*%f[%a][Ee][Tt] *[Aa][Ll][%.\"']*$" -- variations on the 'et al' theme
local others_pattern = "[;,]? *%f[%a]and [Oo]thers"; -- and alternate to et al.
if name:match (etal_pattern) then -- variants on et al.
name = name:gsub (etal_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
elseif name:match (others_pattern) then -- if not 'et al.', then 'and others'?
name = name:gsub (others_pattern, ''); -- if found, remove
etal = true; -- set flag (may have been set previously here or by |display-authors=etal)
if not nocat then -- no categorization for |vauthors=
add_maint_cat ('etal'); -- and add a category if not already added
end
end
end
if is_set(Callsign) then
if is_set(ID) then
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
else
ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
end
end
if is_set(City) then
if is_set(ID) then
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
else
ID = ' ' .. City;
end
end
if is_set(Others) then
if is_set(TitleType) then
Others = ' ' .. Others .. '와의' .. TitleType;  -- LOCAL 수정 필요
TitleType = '';
else
Others = '인터뷰어: ' .. Others ;  -- LOCAL
end
else
Others = '(인터뷰)';  -- LOCAL
end
end
end
end
return name, etal; --
end


--[[--------------------------< E X T R A C T _ N A M E S >----------------------------------------------------
-- special case for cite mailing list
Gets name list from the input arguments
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
end


Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
--Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.
if not is_embargoed(Embargo) then
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
end
end


This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set(BookTitle) then
Chapter = Title;
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
URLorigin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
else
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference so make sure this is empty string
end


When an author or editor parameter contains some form of 'et al.', the 'et al.' is stripped from the parameter and a flag (etal) returned
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite episode}}, before generation of COinS data.
that will cause list_people() to add the static 'et al.' text from Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration. This keeps 'et al.' out of the
--[[ -- {{cite episode}} is not currently supported by this module
template's metadata. When this occurs, the page is added to a maintenance category.
if config.CitationClass == "episode" then
 
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
]]
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
 
local Season = A['Season'];
local function extract_names(args, list_name)
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
local names = {}; -- table of names
local Network = A['Network'];
local last; -- individual name components
local Station = A['Station'];
local first;
local s, n = {}, {};
local link;
local Sep = (first_set(A["SeriesSeparator"], A["Separator"]) or "") .. " ";
local mask;
local i = 1; -- loop counter/indexer
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["episode"] .. " " .. Issue); Issue = ''; end
local n = 1; -- output table indexer
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["season"] .. " " .. Season); end
local count = 0; -- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["series"] .. " " .. SeriesNumber); end
local etal=false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. in an author parameter
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
Date = Date or AirDate;
Chapter = Title;
ChapterLink = TitleLink;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = Series;
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
TransTitle = '';
Series = table.concat(s, Sep);
ID = table.concat(n, Sep);
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff]]


local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list'; -- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary
-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
while true do
if is_set(Date) then
last = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i ); -- search through args for name components beginning at 1
if is_set (Year) then
first = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, "CS1 관리 - 날짜와 연도"); -- add to maint category
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
end
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
else
 
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
last, etal = name_has_etal (last, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
first, etal = name_has_etal (first, etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if is_set(Date) then
 
local Month = A['Month'];
if first and not last then -- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
if is_set(Month) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
Date = yearcheck(Date) .. "년" .. " " .. monthcheck(Month) .. "월"; -- LOCAL
elseif not first and not last then -- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
count = count + 1; -- number of times we haven't found last and first
if 2 <= count then -- two missing names and we give up
break; -- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
end
else -- we have last with or without a first
if is_set (link) and false == link_param_ok (link) then -- do this test here in case link is missing last
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', list_name:match ("(%w+)List"):lower() .. '-link' .. i )}); -- url or wikilink in author link;
end
names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=false}; -- add this name to our names list (corporate for |vauthors= only)
n = n + 1; -- point to next location in the names table
if 1 == count then -- if the previous name was missing
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
end
count = 0; -- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
elseif is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
end
end
i = i + 1; -- point to next args location
end
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end


--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
 


Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings. Loops through cfg.id_handlers and searches args for
--[[
any of the parameters listed in each cfg.id_handlers['...'].parameters.  If found, adds the parameter and value to
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
the identifier list. Emits redundant error message is more than one alias exists in args
we get the date used in the metadata.


Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
]]
anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['accessdate']=AccessDate, ['airdate']=AirDate, ['archivedate']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi_brokendate']=DoiBroken,
['embargo']=Embargo, ['laydate']=LayDate, ['publicationdate']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}); -- 수정 필요
if is_set(error_message) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end


local function extract_ids( args )
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
local id_list = {}; -- list of identifiers found in args
-- Test if citation has no title
for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do -- k is uc identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table
if not is_set(Title) and
v = select_one( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- v.parameters is a table of aliases for k; here we pick one from args if present
-- not is_set(Periodical) and -- not a title
if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end -- if found in args, add identifier to our list
-- not is_set(Conference) and -- not a title
not is_set(TransTitle) and
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'citation_missing_title', {}, true ) } );
end
-- LOCAL 시작
if 'none' == Title and is_set(Periodical) and not (( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia))) then -- special case
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, "CS1 관리: 제목 없는 작품명"); -- add to maint category
end
end
return id_list;
end
--[[--------------------------< B U I L D _ I D _ L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
Takes a table of IDs created by extract_ids() and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.
inputs:
id_list – table of identifiers built by extract_ids()
options – table of various template parameter values used to modify some manually handled identifiers
]]
local function build_id_list( id_list, options )
local new_list, handler = {};
function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do -- k is uc identifier name as index to cfg.id_handlers; e.g. cfg.id_handlers['ISBN'], v is a table
if '없음' == Title and is_set(Periodical) and not (( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia))) then -- special case
-- fallback to read-only cfg
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, "CS1 관리: 제목 없는 작품명"); -- add to maint category
end
if handler.mode == 'external' then
-- LOCAL 끝
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, external_link_id( handler ) } );
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internal_link_id( handler ) } );
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article. So, we remap
error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
elseif k == 'DOI' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v, options.Class ) } );  
elseif k == 'ASIN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } );  
elseif k == 'LCCN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'OL' or k == 'OLA' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
elseif k == 'PMC' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
elseif k == 'PMID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISMN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ismn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISSN' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
elseif k == 'ISBN' then
local ISBN = internal_link_id( handler );
if not check_isbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
ISBN = ISBN .. set_error( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
end
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );
elseif k == 'USENETID' then
table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
else
error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
end
end
function comp( a, b ) -- used in following table.sort()
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
return a[1] < b[1];
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
end
table.sort( new_list, comp );
-- this is the function call to COinS()
for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
local OCinSoutput = COinS{
new_list[k] = v[2];
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
['Chapter'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (coins_chapter), -- Chapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup -- LOCAL
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date), -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here?  Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Page, Pages, At)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
['Authors'] = a,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
};
--[[Why is this here?  Why are we mapping Title to Chapter when Periodical is set?
if is_set(Periodical) and not is_set(Chapter) and is_set(Title) then
Chapter = Title;
ChapterLink = TitleLink;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = '';
TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
end
end
]]
return new_list;
end
 


--[[--------------------------< C O I N S _ C L E A N U P >----------------------------------------------------
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set (PublisherName) then
PublisherName = '[[뉴스그룹]]:&nbsp;' ..  externallink( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName ); -- LOCAL
end
end


Cleanup parameter values for the metadata by removing or replacing invisible characters and certain html entities.


2015-12-10: there is a bug in mw.text.unstripNoWiki ().  It replaced math stripmarkers with the appropriate content
when it shouldn't.  See https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/T121085 and Wikipedia_talk:Lua#stripmarkers_and_mw.text.unstripNoWiki.28.29


TODO: move the replacement patterns and replacement values into a table in /Configuration similar to the invisible
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
characters table?
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
]]
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
if not is_set(Authors) then
local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayAuthors'] );


local function coins_cleanup (value)
if is_set (Maximum) then
value = mw.text.unstripNoWiki (value); -- replace nowiki stripmarkers with their content
if Maximum >= #a then -- if display-authors value greater than or equal to number of authors
value = value:gsub ('<span class="nowrap" style="padding%-left:0%.1em;">&#39;s</span>', "'s"); -- replace {{'s}} template with simple apostrophe-s
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, "CS1 관리 - 저자표시"); -- add maintenance category because display-authors parameter may be removed -- LOCAL
value = value:gsub ('&zwj;\226\128\138\039\226\128\139', "'"); -- replace {{'}} with simple apostrophe
end
value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138\039\226\128\139', "'"); -- replace {{'}} with simple apostrophe (as of 2015-12-11)
else
value = value:gsub ('&nbsp;', ' '); -- replace &nbsp; entity with plain space
Maximum = #a + 1; -- number of authors + 1
value = value:gsub ('\226\128\138', ' '); -- replace hair space with plain space
end
value = value:gsub ('&zwj;', ''); -- remove &zwj; entities
value = value:gsub ('[\226\128\141\226\128\139]', '') -- remove zero-width joiner, zero-width space
value = value:gsub ('[\194\173\009\010\013]', ' '); -- replace soft hyphen, horizontal tab, line feed, carriage return with plain space
return value;
end


local control = {
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = Maximum,
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via authorlinkn
};
-- If the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
if is_set(Coauthors) then
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
control.maximum = #a + 1;
end
Authors = listpeople(control, a)
end


--[[--------------------------< C O I N S >--------------------------------------------------------------------
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
end


COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse the citation information.
local EditorCount
if not is_set(Editors) then
local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayEditors'] );
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
if not is_set(Maximum) and #e == 4 then
Maximum = 3;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
elseif not is_set(Maximum) then
Maximum = #e + 1;
end


]]
local control = {
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = Maximum,
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
};


local function COinS(data, class)
Editors, EditorCount = listpeople(control, e);
if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
else
return '';
EditorCount = 1;
end
end


for k, v in pairs (data) do -- spin through all of the metadata parameter values
local Cartography = "";
if 'ID_list' ~= k and 'Authors' ~= k then -- except the ID_list and Author tables (author nowiki stripmarker done when Author table processed)
local Scale = "";
data[k] = coins_cleanup (v);
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
if not is_set( Authors ) and is_set( PublisherName ) then
Authors = PublisherName;
PublisherName = "";
end
end
end
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
 
if is_set( Cartography ) then
local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if is_set( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
Format = is_set(Format) and " (" .. Format .. ")" or "";
local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
 
__newindex = function(self, key, value)
if  not is_set(URL) and
if is_set(value) then
not is_set(ArchiveURL) and
rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( remove_wiki_link( value ) ) } );
not is_set(ConferenceURL) and -- TODO: keep this here? conference as part of cite web or cite podcast?
end
not is_set(TranscriptURL) then
-- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty
if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
end
end
});
-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
if in_array (class, {'arxiv', 'journal', 'news'}) or (in_array (class, {'conference', 'interview', 'map', 'press release', 'web'}) and is_set(data.Periodical)) or
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
('citation' == class and is_set(data.Periodical) and not is_set (data.Encyclopedia)) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal"; -- journal metadata identifier
AccessDate = '';
if 'arxiv' == class then -- set genre according to the type of citation template we are rendering
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "preprint"; -- cite arxiv
elseif 'conference' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference"; -- cite conference (when Periodical set)
elseif 'web' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown"; -- cite web (when Periodical set)
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article"; -- journal and other 'periodical' articles
end
OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical; -- journal only
if is_set (data.Map) then
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Map; -- for a map in a periodical
else
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title; -- all other 'periodical' article titles
end
-- these used onlu for periodicals
OCinSoutput["rft.ssn"] = data.Season; -- keywords: winter, spring, summer, fall
OCinSoutput["rft.chron"] = data.Chron; -- free-form date components
OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume; -- does not apply to books
OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- also used in book metadata
 
elseif 'thesis' ~= class then -- all others except cite thesis are treated as 'book' metadata; genre distinguishes
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book"; -- book metadata identifier
if 'report' == class or 'techreport' == class then -- cite report and cite techreport
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "report";
elseif 'conference' == class then -- cite conference when Periodical not set
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "conference";
elseif in_array (class, {'book', 'citation', 'encyclopaedia', 'interview', 'map'}) then
if is_set (data.Chapter) then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter; -- book chapter, encyclopedia article, interview in a book, or map title
else
if 'map' == class or 'interview' == class then
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'unknown'; -- standalone map or interview
else
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = 'book'; -- book and encyclopedia
end
end
else --{'audio-visual', 'AV-media-notes', 'DVD-notes', 'episode', 'interview', 'mailinglist', 'map', 'newsgroup', 'podcast', 'press release', 'serial', 'sign', 'speech', 'web'}
OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "unknown";
end
end
OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages; -- book, journal
OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition; -- book only
OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation
else -- cite thesis
-- Test if format is given without giving a URL
OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:dissertation"; -- dissertation metadata identifier
if is_set(Format) then
OCinSoutput["rft.title"] = data.Title; -- dissertation (also patent but that is not yet supported)
Format = Format .. seterror( 'format_missing_url', {'format', 'url'} );
OCinSoutput["rft.degree"] = data.Degree; -- dissertation only
end
OCinSoutput['rft.inst'] = data.PublisherName; -- book and dissertation
end
end
-- and now common parameters (as much as possible)
--[[
OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date; -- book, journal, dissertation
-- Test if citation has no title
if not is_set(Title) and
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all?
-- not is_set(Periodical) and -- not a title
if k == 'ISBN' then v = clean_isbn( v ) end
-- not is_set(Conference) and -- not a title
local id = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
not is_set(TransTitle) and
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then -- for ids that are in the info:registry
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'citation_missing_title', {}, true ) } );
elseif string.sub (id or "", 1, 3 ) == 'rft' then -- for isbn, issn, eissn, etc that have defined COinS keywords
OCinSoutput[ id ] = v;
elseif id then -- when cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS is not nil
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ cfg.id_handlers[k].prefix, v }; -- others; provide a url
end
end
end
 
--[[
if 'none' == Title and is_set(Periodical) then -- special case
for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do -- what to do about these? For now assume that they are common to all?
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, "CS1 maint: Untitled periodical"); -- add to maint category
if k == 'ISBN' then value = clean_isbn( v ); else value = v; end
if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
else
OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
end
end
end
]]
]]
local last, first;
local OriginalURL;
for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
last, first = coins_cleanup (v.last), coins_cleanup (v.first or ''); -- replace any nowiki strip markers, non-printing or invisible characers
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
if k == 1 then -- for the first author name only
if is_set (URL) then
if is_set(last)  and is_set(first) then -- set these COinS values if |first= and |last= specify the first author name
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first; -- book, journal, dissertation
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
elseif is_set(last) then  
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation -- otherwise use this form for the first name
end
end
else -- for all other authors
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first }; -- book, journal, dissertation
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
elseif is_set(last) then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last; -- book, journal, dissertation
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
end
end
end
end
end
end


OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup"}) or
OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
if is_set (Chapter) or is_set (TransChapter) or is_set (ChapterURL)then -- chapter parameters not supported for these citation types
table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'chapter_ignored', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
Chapter = ''; -- set to empty string to be safe with concatenation
table.sort( OCinSoutput );
TransChapter = '';
table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver ); -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
ChapterURL = '';
return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
Chapter = format_chapter_title (Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin);
if is_set (Chapter) then
ChapterFormat = is_set(ChapterFormat) and " (" .. ChapterFormat .. ")" or "";
if is_set(ChapterFormat) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- Test if |chapter-format= is given without giving a |chapter-url=
ChapterFormat = ChapterFormat .. seterror( 'format_missing_url', {'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'} );
end
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
end
end


-- Format main title.
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------
if is_set(NoBracket) then  -- LOCAL 시작
 
if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", "mailinglist"}) or
Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code.  Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
 
Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
with the code. When there is no match, we return the original language name string.
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title2', Title);
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end
else
if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", "mailinglist"}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle);
end
end -- LOCAL 끝


mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
TransError = "";
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter. For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
if is_set(TransTitle) then
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code.  When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
if is_set(Title) then
returns only the Wikimedia language name.
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
 
else
Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
TransError = " " .. seterror( 'trans_missing_title' );
 
end
]]
 
local function get_iso639_code (lang)
if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then -- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR
return 'Norwegian', 'no'; -- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized
end
end
local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('en', 'all') -- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang); -- lower case version for comparisons
for code, name in pairs(languages) do -- scan the list to see if we can find our language
if is_set(Title) then
if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then  
if 2 ~= code:len() then -- ISO639-1 codes only
Title = externallink( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format  
return name; -- so return the name but not the code
URL = "";
end
Format = "";
return name, code; -- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
else
Title = Title .. TransError;
end
end
end
end
return lang; -- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
end


--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------
if is_set(Place) then
 
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided.  If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.
end
 
There is an exception. There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants. There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
if is_set(Conference) then
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn').  The third, code 'no', is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless. However, it appears
if is_set(ConferenceURL) then
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.
Conference = externallink( ConferenceURL, Conference );
 
end
Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
 
Conference = sepc .. " " .. externallink( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test
end
 
When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
if not is_set(Position) then
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'.  Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
 
if is_set(Minutes) then
This function supports multiple languages in the form |language=nb, French, th where the language names or codes are separated from each other by commas.
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
 
]]
 
local function language_parameter (lang)
local code; -- the ISO639-1 two character code
local name; -- the language name
local language_list = {}; -- table of language names to be rendered
local names_table = {}; -- table made from the value assigned to |language=
 
names_table = mw.text.split (lang, '%s*,%s*'); -- names should be a comma separated list
 
for _, lang in ipairs (names_table) do -- reuse lang
 
if lang:match ('^%a%a%-') then -- strip ietf language tags from code
lang = lang:match ('(%a%a)%-') -- keep only 639-1 code portion to lang; TODO: do something with 3166 alpha 2 country code?
end
if 2 == lang:len() then -- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "en" ); -- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code
end
if is_set (name) then -- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
code = lang:lower(); -- save it
else
else
name, code = get_iso639_code (lang); -- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
local Time = A['Time'];
end
if is_set(Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if is_set (code) then
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
if 'no' == code then name = 'Norwegian' end; -- override wikimedia when code is 'no'
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if 'en' ~= code then -- English not the language
if sepc ~= '.' then
add_prop_cat ('foreign_lang_source', {name, code})
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. Time .. TimeCaption -- LOCAL 시작
end
local Time2 = A['Time2'];
if is_set(Time2) then
Position = " " .. Time2; -- LOCAL 끝
end
end
else
add_maint_cat ('unknown_lang'); -- add maint category if not already added
end
end
else
table.insert (language_list, name);
Position = " " .. Position;
name = ''; -- so we can reuse it
At = '';
end
end
code = #language_list -- reuse code as number of languages in the list
if not is_set(Page) then
if 2 >= code then
if is_set(Pages) then
name = table.concat (language_list, ' and ') -- insert '<space>and<space>' between two language names
if is_set(Periodical) and
elseif 2 < code then
not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
language_list[code] = 'and ' .. language_list[code]; -- prepend last name with 'and<space>'
Pages = ": " .. Pages;
name = table.concat (language_list, ', ') -- and concatenate with '<comma><space>' separators
elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
Pages = sepc .." " .. Pages .. PPrefix; -- LOCAL
else
Pages = sepc .." " .. Pages .. PPPrefix; -- LOCAL
end
end
else
if is_set(Periodical) and
not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
Page = ": " .. Page;
else
Page = sepc .." " .. Page .. PPrefix; -- LOCAL
end
end
end
if 'English' == name then
return ''; -- if one language and that language is English return an empty string (no annotation)
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Section = A['Section'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if first_set( Pages, Page, At ) ~= nil or sepc ~= '.' then
if is_set( Section ) then
Section = ", " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, true);
end
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = ", " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, true);
end
else
if is_set( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = ", " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, true);
end
elseif is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
end
At = At .. Section .. Inset;
end
 
if is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language, this_page.namespace); -- format, categories (article namespace only), name from ISO639-1, etc
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
end
end
return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name)); -- otherwise wrap with '(in ...)'
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 1 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";


Set style settings for CS1 citation templates. Returns separator and postscript settings
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values


]]
if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
end
end


local function set_cs1_style (ps)
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
if not is_set (ps) then -- unless explicitely set to something
TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")"; -- display it in parentheses
ps = '.'; -- terminate the rendered citation with a period
end
end
return '.', ps; -- separator is a full stop
end


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ C S 2 _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
Edition = is_set(Edition) and (" " .. editioncheck(Edition) .. "판") or ""; -- LOCAL
Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";


Set style settings for CS2 citation templates. Returns separator, postscript, ref settings
if is_set(Volume) then
if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
  then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
  else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphentodash(Volume) .. "</b>";
end
end


]]
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
 
if is_set(Via) then
local function set_cs2_style (ps, ref)
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
if not is_set (ps) then -- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
ps = ''; -- make sure it isn't nil
end
if not is_set (ref) then -- if |ref= is not set
ref = "harv"; -- set default |ref=harv
end
end
return ',', ps, ref; -- separator is a comma
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
--[[
 
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
rendered style.


]]
]]
 
if inArray(SubscriptionRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y', "예", "참"}) then -- LOCAL
local function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
local sep;
elseif inArray(RegistrationRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y', "예", "참"}) then -- LOCAL
if (cite_class == "citation") then -- for citation templates (CS2)
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
else
else -- not a citation template so CS1
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
end
end


return sep, ps, ref -- return them all
if is_set(AccessDate) then
end
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']


--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------
AccessDate = nowrap_date (ISOdate(AccessDate, lang, '1-999')); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format -- LOCAL
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
end
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end


Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
ID_list = buildidlist( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo} );
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.


]]
if is_set(URL) then
URL = " " .. externallink( URL, nil, URLorigin );
end


local function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
if is_set(Quote) then
local sep;
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then
if 'cs2' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
sep, ps, ref = set_cs2_style (ps, ref);
end
elseif 'cs1' == mode then -- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
sep, ps = set_cs1_style (ps);
PostScript = ""; -- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
else -- anything but cs1 or cs2
sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class); -- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
end
if 'none' == ps:lower() then -- if assigned value is 'none' then
ps = ''; -- set to empty string
end
end
return sep, ps, ref
local Archived
end
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
 
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
--[=[-------------------------< I S _ P D F >------------------------------------------------------------------
ArchiveDate = seterror('archive_missing_date');
 
else
Determines if a url has the file extension that is one of the pdf file extensions used by [[MediaWiki:Common.css]] when
ArchiveDate = ISOdate(ArchiveDate, lang, '1-999');
applying the pdf icon to external links.
end
 
if "no" == DeadURL then
returns true if file extension is one of the recognized extension, else false
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
 
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
]=]
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
 
{ externallink( ArchiveURL, arch_text ), ArchiveDate } );
local function is_pdf (url)
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
return url:match ('%.pdf[%?#]?') or url:match ('%.PDF[%?#]?');
Archived = Archived .. " " .. seterror('archive_missing_url');  
end
end
 
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then
--[[--------------------------< S T Y L E _ F O R M A T >------------------------------------------------------
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
 
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Applies css style to |format=, |chapter-format=, etc. Also emits an error message if the format parameter does
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
not have a matching url parameter. If the format parameter is not set and the url contains a file extension that
{ externallink( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ), ArchiveDate } );
is recognized as a pdf document by MediaWiki's commons.css, this code will set the format parameter to (PDF) with
else
the appropriate styling.
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
 
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
]]
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
 
{ seterror('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
local function style_format (format, url, fmt_param, url_param)
if is_set (format) then
format = wrap_style ('format', format); -- add leading space, parenthases, resize
if not is_set (url) then
format = format .. set_error( 'format_missing_url', {fmt_param, url_param} ); -- add an error message
end
end
elseif is_pdf (url) then -- format is not set so if url is a pdf file then
format = wrap_style ('format', 'PDF'); -- set format to pdf
else
else
format = ''; -- empty string for concatenation
Archived = ""
end
end
return format;
end
local Lay
 
if is_set(LayURL) then
--[[--------------------------< G E T _ D I S P L A Y _ A U T H O R S _ E D I T O R S >------------------------
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. ISOdate(LayDate, lang, '1-999') .. ")" end -- LOCAL
 
if is_set(LaySource) then  
Returns a number that may or may not limit the length of the author or editor name lists.
LaySource = " &ndash; " .. LaySource; -- LOCAL
 
else
When the value assigned to |display-authors= is a number greater than or equal to zero, return the number and
LaySource = "";
the previous state of the 'etal' flag (false by default but may have been set to true if the name list contains
some variant of the text 'et al.').
 
When the value assigned to |display-authors= is the keyword 'etal', return a number that is one greater than the
number of authors in the list and set the 'etal' flag true.  This will cause the list_people() to display all of
the names in the name list followed by 'et al.'
 
In all other cases, returns nil and the previous state of the 'etal' flag.
 
]]
 
local function get_display_authors_editors (max, count, list_name, etal)
if is_set (max) then
if 'etal' == max:lower():gsub("[ '%.]", '') then -- the :gsub() portion makes 'etal' from a variety of 'et al.' spellings and stylings
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1 so display all author name plus et al.
etal = true; -- overrides value set by extract_names()
elseif max:match ('^%d+$') then -- if is a string of numbers
max = tonumber (max); -- make it a number
if max >= count and 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY -- if |display-xxxxors= value greater than or equal to number of authors/editors
add_maint_cat ('disp_auth_ed', list_name);
end
else -- not a valid keyword or number
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {'display-' .. list_name, max}, true ) } ); -- add error message
max = nil; -- unset
end
end
elseif 'authors' == list_name then -- AUTHORS ONLY need to clear implicit et al category
if sepc == '.' then
max = count + 1; -- number of authors + 1
Lay = sepc .. " " .. externallink( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. externallink( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
else
Lay = "";
end
end
return max, etal;
if is_set(Transcript) then
end
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = externallink( TranscriptURL, Transcript ); end
 
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
--[[--------------------------< E X T R A _ T E X T _ I N _ P A G E _ C H E C K >------------------------------
Transcript = externallink( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
 
Adds page to Category:CS1 maint: extra text if |page= or |pages= has what appears to be some form of p. or pp.
abbreviation in the first characters of the parameter content.
 
check Page and Pages for extraneous p, p., pp, and pp. at start of parameter value:
good pattern: '^P[^%.P%l]' matches when |page(s)= begins PX or P# but not Px where x and X are letters and # is a dgiit
bad pattern: '^[Pp][Pp]' matches matches when |page(s)= begins pp or pP or Pp or PP
 
]]
 
local function extra_text_in_page_check (page)
-- local good_pattern = '^P[^%.P%l]';
local good_pattern = '^P[^%.Pp]'; -- ok to begin with uppercase P: P7 (pg 7 of section P) but not p123 (page 123) TODO: add Gg for PG or Pg?
-- local bad_pattern = '^[Pp][Pp]';
local bad_pattern = '^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]';
 
if not page:match (good_pattern) and (page:match (bad_pattern) or  page:match ('^[Pp]ages?')) then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
end
end
-- if Page:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Page:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') or
-- Pages:match ('^[Pp]?[Pp]%.?[ %d]') or  Pages:match ('^[Pp]ages?[ %d]') then
local Publisher;
-- add_maint_cat ('extra_text');
if is_set(Periodical) and
-- end
not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
end
if is_set(PublisherName) then
 
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
 
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
--[[--------------------------< P A R S E _ V A U T H O R S _ V E D I T O R S >--------------------------------
else
 
Publisher = PublisherName; 
This function extracts author / editor names from |vauthors= or |veditors= and finds matching |xxxxor-maskn= and
end
|xxxxor-linkn= in args.  It then returns a table of assembled names just as extract_names() does.
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
 
Publisher= PublicationPlace;
Author / editor names in |vauthors= or |veditors= must be in Vancouver system style. Corporate or institutional names
else
may sometimes be required and because such names will often fail the is_good_vanc_name() and other format compliance
Publisher = "";
tests, are wrapped in doubled paranethese ((corporate name)) to suppress the format tests.
end
 
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
This function sets the vancouver error when a reqired comma is missing and when there is a space between an author's initials.
if is_set(Publisher) then
 
Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', ISOdate(PublicationDate, lang, '1-999') ); -- LOCAL
]]
else
 
Publisher = ISOdate(PublicationDate, lang, '1-999'); -- LOCAL
local function parse_vauthors_veditors (args, vparam, list_name)
local names = {}; -- table of names assembled from |vauthors=, |author-maskn=, |author-linkn=
local v_name_table = {};
local etal = false; -- return value set to true when we find some form of et al. vauthors parameter
local last, first, link, mask;
local corporate = false;
 
vparam, etal = name_has_etal (vparam, etal, true); -- find and remove variations on et al. do not categorize (do it here because et al. might have a period)
if vparam:find ('%[%[') or vparam:find ('%]%]') then -- no wikilinking vauthors names
add_vanc_error ();
end
v_name_table = mw.text.split(vparam, "%s*,%s*") -- names are separated by commas
 
for i, v_name in ipairs(v_name_table) do
if v_name:match ('^%(%(.+%)%)$') then -- corporate authors are wrapped in doubled parenthese to supress vanc formatting and error detection
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name:match ('^%(%((.+)%)%)$')
corporate = true;
elseif string.find(v_name, "%s") then
    lastfirstTable = {}
    lastfirstTable = mw.text.split(v_name, "%s")
    first = table.remove(lastfirstTable); -- removes and returns value of last element in table which should be author intials
    last  = table.concat(lastfirstTable, " ") -- returns a string that is the concatenation of all other names that are not initials
    if mw.ustring.match (last, '%a+%s+%u+%s+%a+') or mw.ustring.match (v_name, ' %u %u$') then
add_vanc_error (); -- matches last II last; the case when a comma is missing or a space between two intiials
end
end
else
first = ''; -- set to empty string for concatenation and because it may have been set for previous author/editor
last = v_name; -- last name or single corporate name?  Doesn't support multiword corporate names? do we need this?
end
end
if is_set(Publisher) then
if is_set (first) and not mw.ustring.match (first, "^%u?%u$") then -- first shall contain one or two upper-case letters, nothing else
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
add_vanc_error ();
end
else
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', ISOdate(PublicationDate, lang, '1-999')) .. ")"; -- LOCAL
end
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
-- this from extract_names ()
link = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
mask = select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
names[i] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask, corporate=corporate}; -- add this assembled name to our names list
end
return names, etal; -- all done, return our list of names
end
--[[--------------------------< S E L E C T _ A U T H O R _ E D I T O R _ S O U R C E >------------------------
Select one of |authors=, |authorn= / |lastn / firstn=, or |vauthors= as the source of the author name list or
select one of |editors=, |editorn= / editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= or |veditors= as the source of the editor name list.
Only one of these appropriate three will be used.  The hierarchy is: |authorn= (and aliases) highest and |authors= lowest and
similarly, |editorn= (and aliases) highest and |editors= lowest
When looking for |authorn= / |editorn= parameters, test |xxxxor1= and |xxxxor2= (and all of their aliases); stops after the second
test which mimicks the test used in extract_names() when looking for a hole in the author name list.  There may be a better
way to do this, I just haven't discovered what that way is.
Emits an error message when more than one xxxxor name source is provided.
In this function, vxxxxors = vauthors or veditors; xxxxors = authors or editors as appropriate.
]]
local function select_author_editor_source (vxxxxors, xxxxors, args, list_name)
local lastfirst = false;
if select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 1 ) or -- do this twice incase we have a first 1 without a last1
select_one( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'none', 2 ) then
lastfirst=true;
end
end
 
if (is_set (vxxxxors) and true == lastfirst) or -- these are the three error conditions
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
(is_set (vxxxxors) and is_set (xxxxors)) or
if is_set(Periodical) then
(true == lastfirst and is_set (xxxxors)) then
if is_set(NoBracket) then -- LOCAL
local err_name;
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. "''" .. Periodical .. "''"  -- LOCAL
if 'AuthorList' == list_name then -- figure out which name should be used in error message
elseif is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then  -- LOCAL
err_name = 'author';
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
else
else
err_name = 'editor';
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
end
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters',
{err_name .. '-name-list parameters'}, true ) } ); -- add error message
end
end


if true == lastfirst then return 1 end; -- return a number indicating which author name source to use
--[[
if is_set (vxxxxors) then return 2 end;
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
if is_set (xxxxors) then return 3 end;
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
return 1; -- no authors so return 1; this allows missing author name test to run in case there is a first without last
end
 
 
--[[--------------------------< I S _ V A L I D _ P A R A M E T E R _ V A L U E >------------------------------
 
This function is used to validate a parameter's assigned value for those parameters that have only a limited number
of allowable values (yes, y, true, no, etc).  When the parameter value has not been assigned a value (missing or empty
in the source template) the function refurns true.  If the parameter value is one of the list of allowed values returns
true; else, emits an error message and returns false.
 
]]
]]
 
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
local function is_valid_parameter_value (value, name, possible)
TitleNote = " (연설)"; -- annotate the citation -- LOCAL
if not is_set (value) then
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter  
return true; -- an empty parameter is ok
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
elseif in_array(value:lower(), possible) then
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
return true;
end
else
end
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invalid_param_val', {name, value}, true ) } ); -- not an allowed value so add error message
return false
end
end
end


-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.


--[[--------------------------< T E R M I N A T E _ N A M E _ L I S T >----------------------------------------
local tcommon
 
if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
This function terminates a name list (author, contributor, editor) with a separator character (sepc) and a space
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
when the last character is not a sepc character or when the last three characters are not sepc followed by two
tcommon = safejoin( {Others, Title, Language, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Scale,
closing square brackets (close of a wikilink). When either of these is true, the name_list is terminated with a
Series, Cartography, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc ); -- LOCAL
single space character.
else
 
tcommon = safejoin( {Title, Language, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Scale, Series,
]]
Volume, Issue, Others, Cartography, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); -- LOCAL
 
end
local function terminate_name_list (name_list, sepc)
if (string.sub (name_list,-1,-1) == sepc) or (string.sub (name_list,-3,-1) == sepc .. ']]') then -- if last name in list ends with sepc char
if #ID_list > 0 then
return name_list .. " "; -- don't add another
ID_list = safejoin( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
else
return name_list .. sepc .. ' '; -- otherwise terninate the name list
ID_list = ID;
end
end
end
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ V O L U M E _ I S S U E >----------------------------------------
returns the concatenation of the formatted volume and issue parameters as a single string; or formatted volume
or formatted issue, or an empty string if neither are set.
]]
local function format_volume_issue (volume, issue, cite_class, origin, sepc, lower)
local idcommon = safejoin( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
if not is_set (volume) and not is_set (issue) then
local text;
return '';
local pgtext = Position .. Page .. Pages .. At;
end
if is_set(Authors) then
if 'magazine' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'magazine' == origin) then
if is_set(Coauthors) then
if is_set (volume) and is_set (issue) then
local sep = '; ';
return wrap_msg ('vol-no', {sepc, volume, issue}, lower);
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then
elseif is_set (volume) then
sep = ', ';
return wrap_msg ('vol', {sepc, volume}, lower);
end
else
Authors = Authors .. sep .. Coauthors;
return wrap_msg ('issue', {sepc, issue}, lower);
end
end
end
if is_set(Date) then
Date = " (" .. ISOdate(Date, lang, '1-999') .. ")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " " -- LOCAL
local vol = '';
elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
Authors = Authors .. " "
if is_set (volume) then
if (4 < mw.ustring.len(volume)) then
vol = substitute (cfg.messages['j-vol'], {sepc, volume});
else
else
vol = wrap_style ('vol-bold', hyphen_to_dash(volume));
Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
end
end
end
if is_set(Editors) then
if is_set (issue) then
local in_text = " ";
return vol .. substitute (cfg.messages['j-issue'], issue);
local post_text = "";
end
if is_set(Chapter) then
return vol;
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
end
 
 
--[[-------------------------< F O R M A T _ P A G E S _ S H E E T S >-----------------------------------------
 
adds static text to one of |page(s)= or |sheet(s)= values and returns it with all of the others set to empty strings.
The return order is:
page, pages, sheet, sheets
 
Singular has priority over plural when both are provided.
 
]]
 
local function format_pages_sheets (page, pages, sheet, sheets, cite_class, origin, sepc, nopp, lower)
if 'map' == cite_class then -- only cite map supports sheet(s) as in-source locators
if is_set (sheet) then
if 'journal' == origin then
return '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheet', sheet, lower), '';
else
else
return '', '', wrap_msg ('sheet', {sepc, sheet}, lower), '';
if EditorCount <= 1 then
end
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
elseif is_set (sheets) then
else
if 'journal' == origin then
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('j-sheets', sheets, lower);
end
end
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc)
then Editors = Editors .. " "
else Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safejoin( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc );
text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
elseif is_set(Editors) then
if is_set(Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
Date = " (" .. ISOdate(Date, lang, '1-999') .. ")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " " -- LOCAL
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
else
return '', '', '', wrap_msg ('sheets', {sepc, sheets}, lower);
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
end
end
end
text = safejoin( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
 
text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
local is_journal = 'journal' == cite_class or (in_array (cite_class, {'citation', 'map'}) and 'journal' == origin);
else
 
if is_set(Date) then
if is_set (page) then
if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
if is_journal then
  then Date = sepc .." " .. ISOdate(Date, lang, '1-999') .. OrigYear -- LOCAL
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], page), '', '', '';
  else Date = " " .. ISOdate(Date, lang, '1-999') .. OrigYear -- LOCAL
elseif not nopp then
end
return substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
else
return substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, page}), '', '', '';
end
end
elseif is_set(pages) then
if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
if is_journal then
text = safejoin( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
return substitute (cfg.messages['j-page(s)'], pages), '', '', '';
text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
elseif tonumber(pages) ~= nil and not nopp then -- if pages is only digits, assume a single page number
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['p-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
elseif not nopp then
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['pp-prefix'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
else
else
return '', substitute (cfg.messages['nopp'], {sepc, pages}), '', '';
text = safejoin( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc );
text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
end
end
return '', '', '', ''; -- return empty strings
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
end
text = safejoin( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
-- text = text:sub(1,-2); --Remove final separator (assumes that sepc is only one character)
end
text = safejoin( {text, PostScript}, sepc );


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <span/> element
 
local options = {};
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation formatting.
 
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
]]
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;
 
else
local function citation0( config, args)
options.class = "citation";
--[[
Load Input Parameters
The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple aliases to single internal variable.
]]
local A = argument_wrapper( args );
local i
 
-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
-- define different field names for the same underlying things.
local author_etal;
local a = {}; -- authors list from |lastn= / |firstn= pairs or |vauthors=
local Authors;
local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];
 
do -- to limit scope of selected
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Vauthors'], A['Authors'], args, 'AuthorList');
if 1 == selected then
a, author_etal = extract_names (args, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |authorn= / |lastn= / |firstn=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 2 == selected then
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
a, author_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.vauthors, 'AuthorList'); -- fetch author list from |vauthors=, |author-linkn=, and |author-maskn=
elseif 3 == selected then
Authors = A['Authors']; -- use content of |authors=
end
end
end
 
local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
local Others = A['Others'];
local id = Ref
 
if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
local editor_etal;
local names = {} --table of last names & year
local e = {}; -- editors list from |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn= pairs or |veditors=
if #a > 0 then
local Editors;
for i,v in ipairs(a) do  
 
names[i] = v.last
do -- to limit scope of selected
if i == 4 then break end
local selected = select_author_editor_source (A['Veditors'], A['Editors'], args, 'EditorList');
end
if 1 == selected then
elseif #e > 0 then
e, editor_etal = extract_names (args, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |editorn= / |editor-lastn= / |editor-firstn=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
for i,v in ipairs(e) do
elseif 2 == selected then
names[i] = v.last
NameListFormat = 'vanc'; -- override whatever |name-list-format= might be
if i == 4 then break end
e, editor_etal = parse_vauthors_veditors (args, args.veditors, 'EditorList'); -- fetch editor list from |veditors=, |editor-linkn=, and |editor-maskn=
end
elseif 3 == selected then
end
Editors = A['Editors']; -- use content of |editors=
names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
id = anchorid(names)
end
end
options.id = id;
end
end
local t = {}; -- translators list from |translator-lastn= / translator-firstn= pairs
local Translators; -- assembled translators name list
t = extract_names (args, 'TranslatorList'); -- fetch translator list from |translatorn= / |translator-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
local c = {}; -- contributors list from |contributor-lastn= / contributor-firstn= pairs
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
local Contributors; -- assembled contributors name list
z.error_categories = {};
local Contribution = A['Contribution'];
text = seterror('empty_citation');
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(A['Periodical']) then -- |contributor= and |contribution= only supported in book cites
z.message_tail = {};
c = extract_names (args, 'ContributorList'); -- fetch contributor list from |contributorn= / |contributor-lastn=, -firstn=, -linkn=, -maskn=
end
if 0 < #c then
if is_set(options.id) then  
if not is_set (Contribution) then -- |contributor= requires |contribution=
text = '<span id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'contribution')}); -- add missing contribution error message
else
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
text = '<span class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
end
end
if 0 == #a then -- |contributor= requires |author=
 
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_missing_required_param', 'author')}); -- add missing author error message
local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
c = {}; -- blank the contributors' table; it is used as a flag later
-- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
text = text .. OCinS;
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
text = text .. " ";
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if is_set(v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
text = text .. errorcomment( v[1], v[2] );
else
text = text .. errorcomment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
end
end
end
end
end
else -- if not a book cite
end
if select_one (args, cfg.aliases['ContributorList-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', 1 ) then -- are there contributor name list parameters?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'contributor_ignored')}); -- add contributor ignored error message
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
if inArray(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n", "아니오"}) then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
text = text .. '[[분류:' .. v ..']]'; -- LOCAL
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[분류:' .. v ..']]'; -- LOCAL
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[분류:' .. v ..']]'; -- LOCAL
end
end
Contribution = nil; -- unset
end
end
return text
end


if not is_valid_parameter_value (NameListFormat, 'name-list-format', cfg.keywords['name-list-format']) then -- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
NameListFormat = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
function z.citation(frame)
local pframe = frame:getParent()
if nil ~= string.find( frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true ) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
cfg = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox' ); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
whitelist = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox' );
dates = require('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox').dates -- ... sandbox version of date validation code
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' ); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
whitelist = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' );
dates = require('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation').dates -- ... live version of date validation code
end
end
local args = {};
local suggestions = {};
local error_text, error_state;


local Year = A['Year'];
local config = {};
local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
config[k] = v;
local Date = A['Date'];
args[k] = v;  
local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
end
------------------------------------------------- Get title data
local Title = A['Title'];
local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle'];
local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
local Conference = A['Conference'];
local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
if is_set (TitleLink) and false == link_param_ok (TitleLink) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', A:ORIGIN('TitleLink'))}); -- url or wikilink in |title-link=;
end


local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
local ScriptChapter = A['ScriptChapter'];
if v ~= '' then
local ChapterLink -- = A['ChapterLink']; -- deprecated as a parameter but still used internally by cite episode
if not validate( k ) then
local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
error_text = "";
local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
local Degree = A['Degree'];
local Docket = A['Docket'];
local ArchiveFormat = A['ArchiveFormat'];
local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
local URL = A['URL']
local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL'); -- get name of parameter that holds URL
local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
local ConferenceFormat = A['ConferenceFormat'];
local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
local Periodical = A['Periodical'];
local Periodical_origin = A:ORIGIN('Periodical'); -- get the name of the periodical parameter
 
local Series = A['Series'];
local Volume;
local Issue;
local Page;
local Pages;
local At;
 
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_volume) and not ('conference' == config.CitationClass and not is_set (Periodical)) then
Volume = A['Volume'];
end
if in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_using_issue) and not (in_array (config.CitationClass, {'conference', 'map'}) and not is_set (Periodical))then
Issue = A['Issue'];
end
local Position = '';
if not in_array (config.CitationClass, cfg.templates_not_using_page) then
Page = A['Page'];
Pages = hyphen_to_dash( A['Pages'] );
At = A['At'];
end
 
local Edition = A['Edition'];
local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
local Place = A['Place'];
local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (RegistrationRequired, 'registration', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
RegistrationRequired=nil;
end
local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (SubscriptionRequired, 'subscription', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
SubscriptionRequired=nil;
end
 
local Via = A['Via'];
local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
local Agency = A['Agency'];
local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
if not is_valid_parameter_value (DeadURL, 'dead-url', cfg.keywords ['deadurl']) then -- set in config.defaults to 'yes'
DeadURL = ''; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
 
local Language = A['Language'];
local Format = A['Format'];
local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
local ID = A['ID'];
local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (IgnoreISBN, 'ignore-isbn-error', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
IgnoreISBN = nil; -- anything else, set to empty string
end
local Embargo = A['Embargo'];
local Class = A['Class']; -- arxiv class identifier
 
local ID_list = extract_ids( args );
 
local Quote = A['Quote'];
 
local LayFormat = A['LayFormat'];
local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
local TranscriptFormat = A['TranscriptFormat'];
local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL']
local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL'); -- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL
 
local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (LastAuthorAmp, 'last-author-amp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
LastAuthorAmp = nil; -- set to empty string
end
local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (no_tracking_cats, 'no-tracking', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
no_tracking_cats = nil; -- set to empty string
end
 
--these are used by cite interview
local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
local City = A['City'];
local Program = A['Program'];
 
--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
local use_lowercase; -- controls capitalization of certain static text
local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle(); -- also used for COinS and for language
local anchor_year; -- used in the CITEREF identifier
local COinS_date = {}; -- holds date info extracted from |date= for the COinS metadata by Module:Date verification
 
-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
local Mode = A['Mode'];
if not is_valid_parameter_value (Mode, 'mode', cfg.keywords['mode']) then
Mode = '';
end
local sepc; -- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
local PostScript;
local Ref;
sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (Mode:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' ); -- used to control capitalization for certain static text
 
--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories
if not is_set (no_tracking_cats) then -- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
if in_array (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
end
for _,v in ipairs (cfg.uncategorized_subpages) do -- cycle through page name patterns
if this_page.text:match (v) then -- test page name against each pattern
no_tracking_cats = "true"; -- set no_tracking_cats
break; -- bail out if one is found
end
end
end
 
-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. (also sheet and sheets while we're at it)
select_one( args, {'page', 'p', 'pp', 'pages', 'at', 'sheet', 'sheets'}, 'redundant_parameters' ); -- this is a dummy call simply to get the error message and category
 
local NoPP = A['NoPP']
if is_set (NoPP) and is_valid_parameter_value (NoPP, 'nopp', cfg.keywords ['yes_true_y']) then
NoPP = true;
else
NoPP = nil; -- unset, used as a flag later
end
 
if is_set(Page) then
if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
Pages = ''; -- unset the others
At = '';
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Page); -- add this page to maint cat if |page= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
elseif is_set(Pages) then
if is_set(At) then
At = ''; -- unset
end
extra_text_in_page_check (Pages); -- add this page to maint cat if |pages= value begins with what looks like p. or pp.
end
 
-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
PublicationPlace = Place; -- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
end
if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end -- don't need both if they are the same
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title
 
|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped
 
All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
 
]]
 
local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];
 
if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then -- test code for citation
if is_set(Periodical) then -- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
if is_set(Title) or is_set (ScriptTitle) then
if not is_set(Chapter) then
Chapter = Title; -- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
if not is_set (ChapterURL) and is_set (TitleLink) then
Chapter= '[[' .. TitleLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]';
end
Title = Periodical;
ChapterFormat = Format;
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
TitleLink = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
end
else -- |title not set
Title = Periodical; -- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
Periodical = ''; -- redundant so unset
end
end
end
 
-- Special case for cite techreport.
if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then -- special case for cite techreport
if is_set(A['Number']) then -- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations alias to 'issue'
if not is_set(ID) then -- can we use ID for the "number"?
ID = A['Number']; -- yes, use it
else -- ID has a value so emit error message
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'id') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'number')}, true )});
end
end
end
 
-- special case for cite interview
if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
if is_set(Program) then
ID = ' ' .. Program;
end
if is_set(Callsign) then
if is_set(ID) then
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
else
ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
end
end
if is_set(City) then
if is_set(ID) then
ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
else
ID = ' ' .. City;
end
end
 
if is_set(Others) then
if is_set(TitleType) then
Others = ' ' .. TitleType .. ' with ' .. Others;
TitleType = '';
else
Others = ' ' .. 'Interview with ' .. Others;
end
else
Others = '(Interview)';
end
end
 
-- special case for cite mailing list
if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
elseif 'mailinglist' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then
Periodical = ''; -- unset because mailing list is only used for cite mailing list
end
 
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set(BookTitle) then
Chapter = Title;
-- ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- |chapterlink= is deprecated
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
URLorigin = '';
ChapterFormat = Format;
TransChapter = TransTitle;
Title = BookTitle;
Format = '';
-- TitleLink = '';
TransTitle = '';
URL = '';
end
elseif 'speech' ~= config.CitationClass then
Conference = ''; -- not cite conference or cite speech so make sure this is empty string
end
 
-- cite map oddities
local Cartography = "";
local Scale = "";
local Sheet = A['Sheet'] or '';
local Sheets = A['Sheets'] or '';
if config.CitationClass == "map" then
Chapter = A['Map'];
ChapterURL = A['MapURL'];
TransChapter = A['TransMap'];
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('MapURL');
ChapterFormat = A['MapFormat'];
Cartography = A['Cartography'];
if is_set( Cartography ) then
Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
end
Scale = A['Scale'];
if is_set( Scale ) then
Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
end
end
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite episode}} and {{cite serial}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass or 'serial' == config.CitationClass then
local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
if is_set (SeriesLink) and false == link_param_ok (SeriesLink) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_paramlink', A:ORIGIN('SeriesLink'))});
end
local Network = A['Network'];
local Station = A['Station'];
local s, n = {}, {};
-- do common parameters first
if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
ID = table.concat(n, sepc .. ' ');
if not is_set (Date) and is_set (AirDate) then -- promote airdate to date
Date = AirDate;
end
 
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- handle the oddities that are strictly {{cite episode}}
local Season = A['Season'];
local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
 
if is_set (Season) and is_set (SeriesNumber) then -- these are mutually exclusive so if both are set
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'season') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'seriesno')}, true ) } ); -- add error message
SeriesNumber = ''; -- unset; prefer |season= over |seriesno=
end
-- assemble a table of parts concatenated later into Series
if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('season', Season, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('series', SeriesNumber, use_lowercase)); end
if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, wrap_msg ('episode', Issue, use_lowercase)); end
Issue = ''; -- unset because this is not a unique parameter
Chapter = Title; -- promote title parameters to chapter
ScriptChapter = ScriptTitle;
ChapterLink = TitleLink; -- alias episodelink
TransChapter = TransTitle;
ChapterURL = URL;
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');
Title = Series; -- promote series to title
TitleLink = SeriesLink;
Series = table.concat(s, sepc .. ' '); -- this is concatenation of season, seriesno, episode number
 
if is_set (ChapterLink) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then -- link but not URL
Chapter = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Chapter .. ']]'; -- ok to wikilink
elseif is_set (ChapterLink) and is_set (ChapterURL) then -- if both are set, URL links episode;
Series = '[[' .. ChapterLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]'; -- series links with ChapterLink (episodelink -> TitleLink -> ChapterLink) ugly
end
URL = ''; -- unset
TransTitle = '';
ScriptTitle = '';
else -- now oddities that are cite serial
Issue = ''; -- unset because this parameter no longer supported by the citation/core version of cite serial
Chapter = A['Episode']; -- TODO: make |episode= available to cite episode someday?
if is_set (Series) and is_set (SeriesLink) then
Series = '[[' .. SeriesLink .. '|' .. Series .. ']]';
end
Series = wrap_style ('italic-title', Series); -- series is italicized
end
end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, before generation of COinS data.
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then
if not is_set (ID_list['ARXIV']) then -- |arxiv= or |eprint= required for cite arxiv
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_missing', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
elseif is_set (Series) then -- series is an alias of version
ID_list['ARXIV'] = ID_list['ARXIV'] .. Series; -- concatenate version onto the end of the arxiv identifier
Series = ''; -- unset
deprecated_parameter ('version'); -- deprecated parameter but only for cite arxiv
end
if first_set ({AccessDate, At, Chapter, Format, Page, Pages, Periodical, PublisherName, URL, -- a crude list of parameters that are not supported by cite arxiv
ID_list['ASIN'], ID_list['BIBCODE'], ID_list['DOI'], ID_list['ISBN'], ID_list['ISSN'],
ID_list['JFM'], ID_list['JSTOR'], ID_list['LCCN'], ID_list['MR'], ID_list['OCLC'], ID_list['OL'],
ID_list['OSTI'], ID_list['PMC'], ID_list['PMID'], ID_list['RFC'], ID_list['SSRN'], ID_list['USENETID'], ID_list['ZBL']},27) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'arxiv_params_not_supported', {}, true ) } ); -- add error message
 
AccessDate= ''; -- set these to empty string; not supported in cite arXiv
PublisherName = ''; -- (if the article has been published, use cite journal, or other)
Chapter = '';
URL = '';
Format = '';
Page = ''; Pages = ''; At = '';
end
Periodical = 'arXiv'; -- set to arXiv for COinS; after that, must be set to empty string
end
 
-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "map", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then -- special case for cite thesis
TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
end
end
 
if is_set(TitleType) then -- if type parameter is specified
TitleType = substitute( cfg.messages['type'], TitleType); -- display it in parentheses
end
 
-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
if not is_set (Date) then
Date = Year; -- promote Year to Date
Year = nil; -- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
if not is_set (Date) and is_set(PublicationDate) then -- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
Date = PublicationDate; -- promote PublicationDate to Date
PublicationDate = ''; -- unset, no longer needed
end
end
 
if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end -- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation
 
--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.
 
Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
do -- create defined block to contain local variables error_message and mismatch
local error_message = '';
-- AirDate has been promoted to Date so not necessary to check it
anchor_year, error_message = dates({['access-date']=AccessDate, ['archive-date']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi-broken-date']=DoiBroken,
['embargo']=Embargo, ['lay-date']=LayDate, ['publication-date']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}, COinS_date);
 
if is_set (Year) and is_set (Date) then -- both |date= and |year= not normally needed;
local mismatch = year_date_check (Year, Date)
if 0 == mismatch then -- |year= does not match a year-value in |date=
if is_set (error_message) then -- if there is already an error message
error_message = error_message .. ', '; -- tack on this additional message
end
error_message = error_message .. '&#124;year= / &#124;date= mismatch';
elseif 1 == mismatch then -- |year= matches year-value in |date=
add_maint_cat ('date_year');
end
end
 
if is_set(error_message) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } ); -- add this error message
end
end -- end of do
 
-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set.  Do this after date check but before COInS.
-- Here we unset Embargo if PMC not embargoed (|embargo= not set in the citation) or if the embargo time has expired. Otherwise, holds embargo date
Embargo = is_embargoed (Embargo); --
 
if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
if not is_set (Embargo) then -- if not embargoed or embargo has expired
URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC']; -- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1]; -- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
end
end
 
-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
-- Test if citation has no title
if not is_set(Title) and
not is_set(TransTitle) and
not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
if 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode; TODO: is there a better way to do this?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'series'}, true ) } );
else
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'citation_missing_title', {'title'}, true ) } );
end
end
if 'none' == Title and in_array (config.CitationClass, {'journal', 'citation'}) and is_set (Periodical) and 'journal' == A:ORIGIN('Periodical') then -- special case for journal cites
Title = ''; -- set title to empty string
add_maint_cat ('untitled');
end
 
check_for_url ({ -- add error message when any of these parameters contains a URL
['title']=Title,
[A:ORIGIN('Chapter')]=Chapter,
[A:ORIGIN('Periodical')]=Periodical,
[A:ORIGIN('PublisherName')] = PublisherName,
});
 
-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap
local coins_chapter = Chapter; -- default assuming that remapping not required
local coins_title = Title; -- et tu
if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then -- if all are used then
coins_chapter = Title; -- remap
coins_title = Periodical;
end
end
local coins_author = a; -- default for coins rft.au
if 0 < #c then -- but if contributor list
coins_author = c; -- use that instead
end
 
-- this is the function call to COinS()
local OCinSoutput = COinS({
['Periodical'] = Periodical,
['Encyclopedia'] = Encyclopedia,
['Chapter'] = make_coins_title (coins_chapter, ScriptChapter), -- Chapter and ScriptChapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['Map'] = Map,
['Degree'] = Degree; -- cite thesis only
['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title, ScriptTitle), -- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
['Date'] = COinS_date.rftdate, -- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid;
['Season'] = COinS_date.rftssn,
['Chron'] =  COinS_date.rftchron or (not COinS_date.rftdate and Date) or '', -- chron but if not set and invalid date format use Date; keep this last bit?
['Series'] = Series,
['Volume'] = Volume,
['Issue'] = Issue,
['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set ({Sheet, Sheets, Page, Pages, At}, 5)), -- pages stripped of external links
['Edition'] = Edition,
['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
['URL'] = first_set ({ChapterURL, URL}, 2),
['Authors'] = coins_author,
['ID_list'] = ID_list,
['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
}, config.CitationClass);
 
-- Account for the oddities that are {{cite arxiv}}, AFTER generation of COinS data.
if 'arxiv' == config.CitationClass then -- we have set rft.jtitle in COinS to arXiv, now unset so it isn't displayed
Periodical = ''; -- periodical not allowed in cite arxiv; if article has been published, use cite journal
end
 
-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
if is_set (PublisherName) then
PublisherName = substitute (cfg.messages['newsgroup'], external_link( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName, A:ORIGIN('PublisherName') ));
end
end
 
 
 
-- Now perform various field substitutions.
-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
local EditorCount; -- used only for choosing {ed.) or (eds.) annotation at end of editor name-list
do
local last_first_list;
local maximum;
local control = {
format = NameListFormat, -- empty string or 'vanc'
maximum = nil, -- as if display-authors or display-editors not set
lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
page_name = this_page.text -- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
};
 
do -- do editor name list first because coauthors can modify control table
maximum , editor_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayEditors'], #e, 'editors', editor_etal);
-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
if not is_set(maximum) and #e == 4 then
maximum = 3;
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
end
 
control.maximum = maximum;
last_first_list, EditorCount = list_people(control, e, editor_etal, 'editor');
 
if is_set (Editors) then
if editor_etal then
Editors = Editors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to editors parameter beause |display-editors=etal
EditorCount = 2; -- with et al., |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
else
EditorCount = 2; -- we don't know but assume |editors= is multiple names; spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
else
Editors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
 
if 1 == EditorCount and (true == editor_etal or 1 < #e) then -- only one editor displayed but includes etal then
EditorCount = 2; -- spoof to display (eds.) annotation
end
end
do -- now do translators
control.maximum = #t; -- number of translators
Translators = list_people(control, t, false, 'translator'); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do contributors
control.maximum = #c; -- number of contributors
Contributors = list_people(control, c, false, 'contributor'); -- et al not currently supported
end
do -- now do authors
control.maximum , author_etal = get_display_authors_editors (A['DisplayAuthors'], #a, 'authors', author_etal);
 
if is_set(Coauthors) then -- if the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
control.lastauthoramp = nil;
control.maximum = #a + 1;
end
last_first_list = list_people(control, a, author_etal, 'author');
 
if is_set (Authors) then
Authors, author_etal = name_has_etal (Authors, author_etal, false); -- find and remove variations on et al.
if author_etal then
Authors = Authors .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['et al']; -- add et al. to authors parameter
end
else
Authors = last_first_list; -- either an author name list or an empty string
end
end -- end of do
 
if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then -- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } ); -- emit error message
end
end
 
-- apply |[xx-]format= styling; at the end, these parameters hold correctly styled format annotation,
-- an error message if the associated url is not set, or an empty string for concatenation
ArchiveFormat = style_format (ArchiveFormat, ArchiveURL, 'archive-format', 'archive-url');
ConferenceFormat = style_format (ConferenceFormat, ConferenceURL, 'conference-format', 'conference-url');
Format = style_format (Format, URL, 'format', 'url');
LayFormat = style_format (LayFormat, LayURL, 'lay-format', 'lay-url');
TranscriptFormat = style_format (TranscriptFormat, TranscriptURL, 'transcript-format', 'transcripturl');
 
-- special case for chapter format so no error message or cat when chapter not supported
if not (in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia))) then
ChapterFormat = style_format (ChapterFormat, ChapterURL, 'chapter-format', 'chapter-url');
end
 
if  not is_set(URL) then --and
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then -- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
end
-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then -- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
AccessDate = '';
end
end
 
local OriginalURL, OriginalURLorigin, OriginalFormat; -- TODO: swap chapter and title here so that archive applies to most specific if both are set?
DeadURL = DeadURL:lower(); -- used later when assembling archived text
if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
if is_set (URL) then
OriginalURL = URL; -- save copy of original source URL
OriginalURLorigin = URLorigin; -- name of url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = Format; -- and original |format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then -- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
URL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive url parameter for error messages
Format = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then -- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
OriginalURL = ChapterURL; -- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
OriginalURLorigin = ChapterURLorigin; -- name of chapter-url parameter for error messages
OriginalFormat = ChapterFormat; -- and original |format=
if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
ChapterURL = ArchiveURL -- swap-in the archive's url
ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') -- name of archive-url parameter for error messages
ChapterFormat = ArchiveFormat or ''; -- swap in archive's format
end
end
end
 
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'arxiv'}) or -- if any of the 'periodical' cites except encyclopedia
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
local chap_param;
if is_set (Chapter) then -- get a parameter name from one of these chapter related meta-parameters
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('Chapter')
elseif is_set (TransChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('TransChapter')
elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterURL')
elseif is_set (ScriptChapter) then
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ScriptChapter')
else is_set (ChapterFormat)
chap_param = A:ORIGIN ('ChapterFormat')
end
 
if is_set (chap_param) then -- if we found one
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'chapter_ignored', {chap_param}, true ) } ); -- add error message
Chapter = ''; -- and set them to empty string to be safe with concatenation
TransChapter = '';
ChapterURL = '';
ScriptChapter = '';
ChapterFormat = '';
end
else -- otherwise, format chapter / article title
local no_quotes = false; -- default assume that we will be quoting the chapter parameter value
if is_set (Contribution) and 0 < #c then -- if this is a contribution with contributor(s)
if in_array (Contribution:lower(), cfg.keywords.contribution) then -- and a generic contribution title
no_quotes = true; -- then render it unquoted
end
end
 
Chapter = format_chapter_title (ScriptChapter, Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin, no_quotes); -- Contribution is also in Chapter
if is_set (Chapter) then
if 'map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (TitleType) then
Chapter = Chapter .. ' ' .. TitleType;
end
Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
elseif is_set (ChapterFormat) then -- |chapter= not set but |chapter-format= is so ...
Chapter = ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' '; -- ... ChapterFormat has error message, we want to see it
end
end
 
-- Format main title.
if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
end
 
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {'web','news','journal', 'magazine', 'pressrelease','podcast', 'newsgroup', 'mailinglist', 'arxiv'}) or
('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) or
('map' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical)) then -- special case for cite map when the map is in a periodical treat as an article
Title = kern_quotes (Title); -- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then -- no styling for cite report
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle ); -- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
else
Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
Title = script_concatenate (Title, ScriptTitle); -- <bdi> tags, lang atribute, categorization, etc; must be done after title is wrapped
TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
end
 
TransError = "";
if is_set(TransTitle) then
if is_set(Title) then
TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
else
TransError = " " .. set_error( 'trans_missing_title', {'title'} );
end
end
Title = Title .. TransTitle;
if is_set(Title) then
if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then
Title = external_link( URL, Title, URLorigin ) .. TransError .. Format;
URL = "";
Format = "";
else
Title = Title .. TransError;
end
end
 
if is_set(Place) then
Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
end
 
if is_set (Conference) then
if is_set (ConferenceURL) then
Conference = external_link( ConferenceURL, Conference, ConferenceURLorigin );
end
Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference .. ConferenceFormat;
elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
Conference = sepc .. " " .. external_link( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
end
 
if not is_set(Position) then
local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
local Time = A['Time'];
 
if is_set(Minutes) then
if is_set (Time) then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'redundant_parameters', {wrap_style ('parameter', 'minutes') .. ' and ' .. wrap_style ('parameter', 'time')}, true ) } );
end
Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
else
if is_set(Time) then
local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
if sepc ~= '.' then
TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
end
end
Position = " " .. TimeCaption .. " " .. Time;
end
end
else
Position = " " .. Position;
At = '';
end
 
Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets = format_pages_sheets (Page, Pages, Sheet, Sheets, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, NoPP, use_lowercase);
 
At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
local Section = A['Section'];
local Sections = A['Sections'];
local Inset = A['Inset'];
if is_set( Inset ) then
Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
end
 
if is_set( Sections ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('sections', Sections, use_lowercase);
elseif is_set( Section ) then
Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
end
At = At .. Inset .. Section;
end
 
if is_set (Language) then
Language = language_parameter (Language); -- format, categories, name from ISO639-1, etc
else
Language=""; -- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
end
 
Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";
if is_set (Translators) then
Others = sepc .. ' Translated by ' .. Translators .. Others;
end
 
TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
if is_set (Edition) then
if Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]d%.?$') or Edition:match ('%f[%a][Ee]dition$') then
add_maint_cat ('extra_text', 'edition');
end
Edition = " " .. wrap_msg ('edition', Edition);
else
Edition = '';
end
 
Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";
 
Volume = format_volume_issue (Volume, Issue, config.CitationClass, Periodical_origin, sepc, use_lowercase);
 
------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
if is_set(Via) then
Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
end
 
--[[
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.
 
]]
if is_set (SubscriptionRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription']; -- subscription required message
elseif is_set (RegistrationRequired) then
SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration']; -- registration required message
else
SubscriptionRequired = ''; -- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
end
 
if is_set(AccessDate) then
local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']
 
AccessDate = nowrap_date (AccessDate); -- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format
if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end -- if 'citation', lower case
AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate); -- add retrieved text
-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called
AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate}); -- allow editors to hide accessdates
end
if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
  if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
end
  if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then -- for cite report when |docket= is set
ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket; -- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
end
 
ID_list = build_id_list( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo, Class = Class} );
 
if is_set(URL) then
URL = " " .. external_link( URL, nil, URLorigin );
end
 
if is_set(Quote) then
if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then -- if first and last characters of quote are quote marks
Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2); -- strip them off
end
Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); -- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
PostScript = ""; -- cs1|2 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
end
local Archived
if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
ArchiveDate = set_error('archive_missing_date');
end
if "no" == DeadURL then
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
{ external_link( ArchiveURL, arch_text, A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL') ) .. ArchiveFormat, ArchiveDate } );
if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
Archived = Archived .. " " .. set_error('archive_missing_url');  
end
elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', 'y', 'unfit', 'usurped'
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
if in_array (DeadURL, {'unfit', 'usurped'}) then
Archived = sepc .. " " .. 'Archived from the original on ' .. ArchiveDate; -- format already styled
else -- DeadURL is empty, 'yes', 'true', or 'y'
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ external_link( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'], OriginalURLorigin ) .. OriginalFormat, ArchiveDate } ); -- format already styled
end
else
local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
{ set_error('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
end
elseif is_set (ArchiveFormat) then
Archived = ArchiveFormat; -- if set and ArchiveURL not set ArchiveFormat has error message
else
Archived = ""
end
local Lay = '';
if is_set(LayURL) then
if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. LayDate .. ")" end
if is_set(LaySource) then
LaySource = " &ndash; ''" .. safe_for_italics(LaySource) .. "''";
else
LaySource = "";
end
if sepc == '.' then
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'], A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
else
Lay = sepc .. " " .. external_link( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower(), A:ORIGIN('LayURL') ) .. LayFormat .. LaySource .. LayDate
end
elseif is_set (LayFormat) then -- Test if |lay-format= is given without giving a |lay-url=
Lay = sepc .. LayFormat; -- if set and LayURL not set, then LayFormat has error message
end
 
if is_set(Transcript) then
if is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, Transcript, TranscriptURLorigin );
end
Transcript = sepc .. ' ' .. Transcript .. TranscriptFormat;
elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
Transcript = external_link( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
end
 
local Publisher;
if is_set(Periodical) and
not in_array(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
else
Publisher = PublisherName; 
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= PublicationPlace;
else
Publisher = "";
end
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate);
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
if is_set(Publisher) then
Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
end
else
if is_set(PublicationDate) then
PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', PublicationDate) .. ")";
end
if is_set(PublisherName) then
if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate; 
end
elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
else
Publisher = PublicationDate;
end
end
-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
if is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then
Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
else
Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
end
end
 
--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
if "speech" == config.CitationClass then -- cite speech only
TitleNote = " (Speech)"; -- annotate the citation
if is_set (Periodical) then -- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter
if is_set (Conference) then -- and if |event= is set
Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " "; -- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
end
end
end
 
-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.
 
local tcommon;
local tcommon2; -- used for book cite when |contributor= is set
if in_array(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
tcommon = safe_join( {Others, Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series,
Language, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume}, sepc );
elseif in_array(config.CitationClass, {"book","citation"}) and not is_set(Periodical) then -- special cases for book cites
if is_set (Contributors) then -- when we are citing foreword, preface, introduction, etc
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote}, sepc ); -- author and other stuff will come after this and before tcommon2
tcommon2 = safe_join( {Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
else
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language, Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
 
elseif 'map' == config.CitationClass then -- special cases for cite map
if is_set (Chapter) then -- map in a book; TitleType is part of Chapter
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
elseif is_set (Periodical) then -- map in a periodical
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Periodical, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher, Volume}, sepc );
else -- a sheet or stand-alone map
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleType, Format, Edition, Scale, Series, Language, Cartography, Others, Publisher}, sepc );
end
elseif 'episode' == config.CitationClass then -- special case for cite episode
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, TitleType, Series, Transcript, Language, Edition, Publisher}, sepc );
else -- all other CS1 templates
tcommon = safe_join( {Title, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Series, Language,
Volume, Others, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc );
end
if #ID_list > 0 then
ID_list = safe_join( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
else
ID_list = ID;
end
local idcommon = safe_join( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
local text;
local pgtext = Position .. Sheet .. Sheets .. Page .. Pages .. At;
 
if is_set(Date) then
if is_set (Authors) or is_set (Editors) then -- date follows authors or editors when authors not set
Date = " (" .. Date ..")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " "; -- in paranetheses
else -- neither of authors and editors set
if (string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) == sepc) then -- if the last character of tcommon is sepc
Date = " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date does not begin with sepc
else
Date = sepc .. " " .. Date .. OrigYear; -- Date begins with sepc
end
end
end
if is_set(Authors) then
if is_set(Coauthors) then
if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then -- separate authors and coauthors with proper name-list-separator
Authors = Authors .. ', ' .. Coauthors;
else
Authors = Authors .. '; ' .. Coauthors;
end
end
if not is_set (Date) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Authors termination
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- when no date, terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if is_set(Editors) then
local in_text = " ";
local post_text = "";
if is_set(Chapter) and 0 == #c then
in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
end
Editors = terminate_name_list (in_text .. Editors .. post_text, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if is_set (Contributors) then -- book cite and we're citing the intro, preface, etc
local by_text = sepc .. ' ' .. cfg.messages['by'] .. ' ';
if (sepc ~= '.') then by_text = by_text:lower() end -- lowercase for cs2
Authors = by_text .. Authors; -- author follows title so tweak it here
if is_set (Editors) then -- when Editors make sure that Authors gets terminated
Authors = terminate_name_list (Authors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
if not is_set (Date) then -- when date is set it's in parentheses; no Contributors termination
Contributors = terminate_name_list (Contributors, sepc); -- terminate with 0 or 1 sepc and a space
end
text = safe_join( {Contributors, Date, Chapter, tcommon, Authors, Place, Editors, tcommon2, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon }, sepc );
end
elseif is_set(Editors) then
if is_set(Date) then
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
else
Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
end
else
if EditorCount <= 1 then
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
else
Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
end
end
text = safe_join( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
else
if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
else
text = safe_join( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
end
end
if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
text = safe_join( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
end
text = safe_join( {text, PostScript}, sepc );
 
-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <cite/> element
local options = {};
if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
options.class = config.CitationClass;
options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass; -- class=citation required for blue highlight when used with |ref=
else
options.class = "citation";
end
if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then -- set reference anchor if appropriate
local id = Ref
if ('harv' == Ref ) then
local namelist = {}; -- holds selected contributor, author, editor name list
-- local year = first_set (Year, anchor_year); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
local year = first_set ({Year, anchor_year}, 2); -- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
 
if #c > 0 then -- if there is a contributor list
namelist = c; -- select it
elseif #a > 0 then -- or an author list
namelist = a;
elseif #e > 0 then -- or an editor list
namelist = e;
end
id = anchor_id (namelist, year); -- go make the CITEREF anchor
end
options.id = id;
end
if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
z.error_categories = {};
text = set_error('empty_citation');
z.message_tail = {};
end
if is_set(options.id) then
text = '<cite id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
else
text = '<cite class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</cite>";
end
 
local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
-- Note: Using display: none on the COinS span breaks some clients.
local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
text = text .. OCinS;
if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
text = text .. " ";
for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
if is_set(v[1]) then
if i == #z.message_tail then
text = text .. error_comment( v[1], v[2] );
else
text = text .. error_comment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
end
end
end
end
 
if #z.maintenance_cats ~= 0 then
text = text .. '<span class="citation-comment" style="display:none; color:#33aa33">';
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. ' ' .. v .. ' ([[:Category:' .. v ..'|link]])';
end
text = text .. '</span>'; -- maintenance mesages (realy just the names of the categories for now)
end
no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
if in_array(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n"}) then
for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do -- append maintenance categories
text = text .. '[[Category:' .. v ..']]';
end
end
return text
end
 
--[[--------------------------< H A S _ I N V I S I B L E _ C H A R S >----------------------------------------
 
This function searches a parameter's value for nonprintable or invisible characters.  The search stops at the first match.
 
Sometime after this module is done with rendering a citation, some C0 control characters are replaced with the
replacement character.  That replacement character is not detected by this test though it is visible to readers
of the rendered citation.  This function will detect the replacement character when it is part of the wikisource.
 
Output of this function is an error message that identifies the character or the Unicode group that the character
belongs to along with its position in the parameter value.
 
]]
--[[
local function has_invisible_chars (param, v)
local position = '';
local i=1;
 
while cfg.invisible_chars[i] do
local char=cfg.invisible_chars[i][1] -- the character or group name
local pattern=cfg.invisible_chars[i][2] -- the pattern used to find it
v = mw.text.unstripNoWiki( v ); -- remove nowiki stripmarkers
position = mw.ustring.find (v, pattern) -- see if the parameter value contains characters that match the pattern
if position then
table.insert( z.message_tail, { set_error( 'invisible_char', {char, wrap_style ('parameter', param), position}, true ) } ); -- add error message
return; -- and done with this parameter
end
i=i+1; -- bump our index
end
end
]]
 
--[[--------------------------< Z . C I T A T I O N >----------------------------------------------------------
 
This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
 
]]
 
function z.citation(frame)
local pframe = frame:getParent()
local validation;
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox'); -- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox'); -- ... sandbox version of date validation code
 
else -- otherwise
cfg = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration'); -- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
whitelist = mw.loadData ('Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist');
validation = require ('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation'); -- ... live version of date validation code
end
 
dates = validation.dates; -- imported functions
year_date_check = validation.year_date_check;
 
local args = {};
local suggestions = {};
local error_text, error_state;
 
local config = {};
for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
config[k] = v;
args[k] = v;  
end
 
local capture; -- the single supported capture when matching unknown parameters using patterns
for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
if v ~= '' then
if not validate( k ) then
error_text = "";
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
error_text, error_state = seterror( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
end
end
elseif validate( k:lower() ) then  
elseif validate( k:lower() ) then  
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
else
else
if nil == suggestions.suggestions then -- if this table is nil then we need to load it
if #suggestions == 0 then
if nil ~= string.find (frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true) then -- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox' ); -- use the sandbox version
else
suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' ); -- use the live version
end
end
end
for pattern, param in pairs (suggestions.patterns) do -- loop through the patterns to see if we can suggest a proper parameter
if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
capture = k:match (pattern); -- the whole match if no caputre in pattern else the capture if a match
error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
if capture then -- if the pattern matches
else
param = substitute( param, capture ); -- add the capture to the suggested parameter (typically the enumerator)
error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, param}, true ); -- set the error message
end
end
if not is_set (error_text) then -- couldn't match with a pattern, is there an expicit suggestion?
if suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions.suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
else
error_text, error_state = set_error( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
end
end
end
end    
end    
4,099번째 줄: 2,702번째 줄:
end
end
end
end
 
for k, v in pairs( args ) do
if 'string' == type (k) then -- don't evaluate positional parameters
has_invisible_chars (k, v);
end
end
return citation0( config, args)
return citation0( config, args)
end
end


return z
return z

2015년 12월 15일 (화) 21:11 판

이 모듈에 대한 설명문서는 모듈:Citation/CS1/sandbox/설명문서에서 만들 수 있습니다 


local z = {
	error_categories = {};		-- for categorizing citations that contain errors
	error_ids = {};
	message_tail = {};
	maintenance_cats = {};		-- for categorizing citations that aren't erroneous per se, but could use a little work
	properties_cats = {};		-- for categorizing citations based on certain properties, language of source for instance
}

local ISOdate = require('모듈:ISOdate')._ISOdate -- LOCAL

-- Whether variable is set or not
function is_set( var )
	return not (var == nil or var == '');
end

-- First set variable or nil if none
function first_set(...)
	local list = {...};
	for _, var in pairs(list) do
		if is_set( var ) then
			return var;
		end
	end
end

-- Whether needle is in haystack
function inArray( needle, haystack )
	if needle == nil then
		return false;
	end
	for n,v in ipairs( haystack ) do
		if v == needle then
			return n;
		end
	end
	return false;
end

--[[
Categorize and emit an error message when the citation contains one or more deprecated parameters.  Because deprecated parameters (currently |month=,
|coauthor=, and |coauthors=) aren't related to each other and because these parameters may be concatenated into the variables used by |date= and |author#= (and aliases)
details of which parameter caused the error message are not provided.  Only one error message is emitted regardless of the number of deprecated parameters in the citation.
]]
function deprecated_parameter(name)
	if true ~= Page_in_deprecated_cat then	-- if we haven't been here before then set a 
		Page_in_deprecated_cat=true;		-- sticky flag so that if there are more than one deprecated parameter the category is added only once
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'deprecated_params', {name}, true ) } );		-- add error message
	end
end

-- Populates numbered arguments in a message string using an argument table.
function substitute( msg, args )
	return args and mw.message.newRawMessage( msg, args ):plain() or msg;
end

--[[--------------------------< K E R N _ Q U O T E S >--------------------------------------------------------

Apply kerning to open the space between the quote mark provided by the Module and a leading or trailing quote mark contained in a |title= or |chapter= parameter's value.
This function will positive kern either single or double quotes:
	"'Unkerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks'"
	" 'Kerned title with leading and trailing single quote marks' " (in real life the kerning isn't as wide as this example)
Double single quotes (italic or bold wikimarkup) are not kerned.

Call this function for chapter titles, for website titles, etc; not for book titles.

]]

function kern_quotes (str)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';
	
	cap, cap2 = str:match ("^([\"\'])([^\'].+)");								-- match leading double or single quote but not double single quotes
	if is_set (cap) then
		str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-left'], {cap, cap2});
	end

	cap, cap2 = str:match ("^(.+[^\'])([\"\'])$")
	if is_set (cap) then
		str = substitute (cfg.presentation['kern-right'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	return str;
end

-- LOCAL: Format script value, Script concatenate 삭제


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ S T Y L E >----------------------------------------------------------

Applies styling to various parameters.  Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list configuration taking one
argument; protects italic styled parameters.  Additional text taken from citation_config.presentation - the reason
this function is similar to but separate from wrap_msg().

]]

function wrap_style (key, str)
	if not is_set( str ) then
		return "";
	elseif inArray( key, { 'italic-title', 'trans-italic-title' } ) then
		str = safeforitalics( str );
	end

	return substitute( cfg.presentation[key], {str} );
end


--[[--------------------------< W R A P _ M S G >--------------------------------------------------------------

Applies additional message text to various parameter values. Supplied string is wrapped using a message_list
configuration taking one argument.  Supports lower case text for {{citation}} templates.  Additional text taken
from citation_config.messages - the reason this function is similar to but separate from wrap_style().

]]

function wrap_msg (key, str, lower)
	if not is_set( str ) then
		return "";
	end
	if true == lower then
		local msg;
		msg = cfg.messages[key]:lower();										-- set the message to lower case before 
		str = substitute( msg, {str} );											-- including template text
		return str;
	else
		return substitute( cfg.messages[key], {str} );
	end		
end

-- LOCAL: Format Chapter Title 아래로 옮김

--[[
Argument wrapper.  This function provides support for argument 
mapping defined in the configuration file so that multiple names
can be transparently aliased to single internal variable.
]]
function argument_wrapper( args )
	local origin = {};
	
	return setmetatable({
		ORIGIN = function( self, k )
			local dummy = self[k]; --force the variable to be loaded.
			return origin[k];
		end
	},
	{
		__index = function ( tbl, k )
			if origin[k] ~= nil then
				return nil;
			end
			
			local args, list, v = args, cfg.aliases[k];
			
			if type( list ) == 'table' then
				v, origin[k] = selectone( args, list, 'redundant_parameters' );
				if origin[k] == nil then
					origin[k] = ''; -- Empty string, not nil
				end
			elseif list ~= nil then
				v, origin[k] = args[list], list;
			else
				-- maybe let through instead of raising an error?
				-- v, origin[k] = args[k], k;
				error( cfg.messages['unknown_argument_map'] );
			end
			
			-- Empty strings, not nil;
			if v == nil then
				v = cfg.defaults[k] or '';
				origin[k] = '';
			end
			
			tbl = rawset( tbl, k, v );
			return v;
		end,
	});
end

--[[
Looks for a parameter's name in the whitelist.

Parameters in the whitelist can have three values:
	true - active, supported parameters
	false - deprecated, supported parameters
	nil - unsupported parameters
]]
function validate( name )
	local name = tostring( name );
	local state = whitelist.basic_arguments[ name ];
	
	-- Normal arguments
	if true == state then return true; end		-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);				-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	-- Arguments with numbers in them
	name = name:gsub( "%d+", "#" );				-- replace digit(s) with # (last25 becomes last#
	state = whitelist.numbered_arguments[ name ];
	if true == state then return true; end		-- valid actively supported parameter
	if false == state then
		deprecated_parameter (name);				-- parameter is deprecated but still supported
		return true;
	end
	
	return false;								-- Not supported because not found or name is set to nil
end

--[[--------------------------< E R R O R C O M M E N T >------------------------------------------------------

Wraps error messages with css markup according to the state of hidden.

]]
function errorcomment( content, hidden )
	return substitute( hidden and cfg.presentation['hidden-error'] or cfg.presentation['visible-error'], content );
end

--[[
Sets an error condition and returns the appropriate error message.  The actual placement
of the error message in the output is the responsibility of the calling function.
]]
function seterror( error_id, arguments, raw, prefix, suffix )
	local error_state = cfg.error_conditions[ error_id ];
	
	prefix = prefix or "";
	suffix = suffix or "";
	
	if error_state == nil then
		error( cfg.messages['undefined_error'] );
	elseif is_set( error_state.category ) then
		table.insert( z.error_categories, error_state.category );
	end
	
	local message = substitute( error_state.message, arguments );
	
	message = message .. " ([[" .. cfg.messages['help page link'] .. 
		"#" .. error_state.anchor .. "|" ..
		cfg.messages['help page label'] .. "]])";
	
	z.error_ids[ error_id ] = true;
	if inArray( error_id, { 'bare_url_missing_title', 'trans_missing_title' } )
			and z.error_ids['citation_missing_title'] then
		return '', false;
	end
	
	message = table.concat({ prefix, message, suffix });
	
	if raw == true then
		return message, error_state.hidden;
	end		
		
	return errorcomment( message, error_state.hidden );
end

-- Formats a wiki style external link
function externallinkid(options)
	local url_string = options.id;
	if options.encode == true or options.encode == nil then
		url_string = mw.uri.encode( url_string );
	end
	return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[%s%s%s %s]',
		options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
		options.prefix, url_string, options.suffix or "",
		mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
	);
end

-- Formats a wiki style internal link
function internallinkid(options)
	return mw.ustring.format( '[[%s|%s]]%s[[%s%s%s|%s]]',
		options.link, options.label, options.separator or "&nbsp;",
		options.prefix, options.id, options.suffix or "",
		mw.text.nowiki(options.id)
	);
end

-- Format an external link with error checking
function externallink( URL, label, source )
	local error_str = "";
	if not is_set( label ) then
		label = URL;
		if is_set( source ) then
			error_str = seterror( 'bare_url_missing_title', { wrap_style ('parameter', source) }, false, " " );
		else
			error( cfg.messages["bare_url_no_origin"] );
		end			
	end
	if not checkurl( URL ) then
		error_str = seterror( 'bad_url', {}, false, " " ) .. error_str;
	end
	return table.concat({ "[", URL, " ", safeforurl( label ), "]", error_str });
end

--[[--------------------------< N O W R A P _ D A T E >--------------------------------------------------------

When date is YYYY-MM-DD format wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>YYYY-MM-DD</span>.  When date is DD MMMM YYYY or is
MMMM DD, YYYY then wrap in nowrap span: <span ...>DD MMMM</span> YYYY or <span ...>MMMM DD,</span> YYYY

DOES NOT yet support MMMM YYYY or any of the date ranges.

]]

function nowrap_date (date)
	local cap='';
	local cap2='';

	if date:match("^%d%d%d%d%-%d%d%-%d%d$") then
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap1'], date);
	
	elseif date:match("%a+%s*%d%d?,%s*%d%d%d%d") or date:match ("%d%d?%s*%a+%s*%d%d%d%d") then
		cap, cap2 = string.match (date, "^(.*)%s+(%d%d%d%d)$");
		date = substitute (cfg.presentation['nowrap2'], {cap, cap2});
	end
	
	return date;
end

--[[--------------------------< A M A Z O N >------------------------------------------------------------------

Formats a link to Amazon.  Do simple error checking: asin must be mix of 10 numeric or uppercase alpha
characters.  If a mix, first character must be uppercase alpha; if all numeric, asins must be 10-digit
isbn. If 10-digit isbn, add a maintenance category so a bot or awb script can replace |asin= with |isbn=.
Error message if not 10 characters, if not isbn10, if mixed and first character is a digit.

]]

function amazon(id, domain)
	local err_cat = ""

	if not id:match("^[%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u][%d%u]$") then
		err_cat =  ' ' .. seterror ('bad_asin');								-- asin is not a mix of 10 uppercase alpha and numeric characters
	else
		if id:match("^%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d[%dX]$") then								-- if 10-digit numeric (or 9 digits with terminal X)
			if checkisbn( id ) then												-- see if asin value is isbn10
				table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, "CS1 관리 - ISBN을 사용한 ASIN");	-- add to maint category -- LOCAL
			elseif not is_set (err_cat) then
				err_cat =  ' ' .. seterror ('bad_asin');						-- asin is not isbn10
			end
		elseif not id:match("^%u[%d%u]+$") then
			err_cat =  ' ' .. seterror ('bad_asin');							-- asin doesn't begin with uppercase alpha
		end
	end
	if not is_set(domain) then 
		domain = "com";
	elseif inArray (domain, {'jp', 'uk'}) then			-- Japan, United Kingdom
		domain = "co." .. domain;
	elseif inArray (domain, {'au', 'br', 'mx'}) then	-- Australia, Brazil, Mexico
		domain = "com." .. domain;
	end
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ASIN'];
	return externallinkid({link = handler.link,
		label=handler.label , prefix="//www.amazon."..domain.."/dp/",id=id,
		encode=handler.encode, separator = handler.separator}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[--------------------------< A R X I V >--------------------------------------------------------------------

See: http://arxiv.org/help/arxiv_identifier

format and error check arXiv identifier.  There are three valid forms of the identifier:
the first form, valid only between date codes 9108 and 0703 is:
	arXiv:<archive>.<class>/<date code><number><version>
where:
	<archive> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
	<class> is a string of alpha characters - may be hyphenated; no other punctuation
	<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
		first digit of YY for this form can only 9 and 0
	<number> is a three-digit number
	<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces (undocumented)
	
the second form, valid from April 2007 through December 2014 is:
	arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
	<date code> is four digits in the form YYMM where YY is the last two digits of the four-digit year and MM is the month number January = 01
	<number> is a four-digit number
	<version> is a 1 or more digit number preceded with a lowercase v; no spaces

the third form, valid from January 2015 is:
	arXiv:<date code>.<number><version>
where:
	<date code> and <version> are as defined for 0704-1412
	<number> is a five-digit number
]]

function arxiv (id)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ARXIV'];
	local year, month, version;
	local err_cat = ""
	
	if id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/[90]%d[01]%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 9108-0703 format w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^%a[%a%.%-]+/([90]%d)([01]%d)%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((not (90 < year or 8 > year)) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or		-- if invalid year or invalid month
			((91 == year and 7 > month) or (7 == year and 3 < month)) then		-- if years ok, are starting and ending months ok?
				err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_arxiv' );						-- set error message
		end
	elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 0704-1412 w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((7 > year) or (14 < year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) or			-- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
			((7 == year) and (4 > month)) then --or									-- when year is 07, is month invalid (before April)?
				err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_arxiv' );						-- set error message
		end
	elseif id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%d$") or id:match("^%d%d[01]%d%.%d%d%d%d%dv%d+$") then	-- test for the 1501- format w/ & w/o version
		year, month = id:match("^(%d%d)([01]%d)%.%d%d%d%d%d[v%d]*$");
		year = tonumber(year);
		month = tonumber(month);
		if ((15 > year) or (1 > month or 12 < month)) then						-- is year invalid or is month invalid? (doesn't test for future years)
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_arxiv' );							-- set error message
		end
	else
		err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_arxiv' );								-- arXiv id doesn't match any format
	end

	return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end


--[[
lccn normalization (http://www.loc.gov/marc/lccn-namespace.html#normalization)
1. Remove all blanks.
2. If there is a forward slash (/) in the string, remove it, and remove all characters to the right of the forward slash.
3. If there is a hyphen in the string:
	a. Remove it.
	b. Inspect the substring following (to the right of) the (removed) hyphen. Then (and assuming that steps 1 and 2 have been carried out):
		1. All these characters should be digits, and there should be six or less. (not done in this function)
		2. If the length of the substring is less than 6, left-fill the substring with zeroes until the length is six.

Returns a normalized lccn for lccn() to validate.  There is no error checking (step 3.b.1) performed in this function.
]]

function normalize_lccn (lccn)
	lccn = lccn:gsub ("%s", "");									-- 1. strip whitespace

	if nil ~= string.find (lccn,'/') then
		lccn = lccn:match ("(.-)/");								-- 2. remove forward slash and all character to the right of it
	end

	local prefix
	local suffix
	prefix, suffix = lccn:match ("(.+)%-(.+)");						-- 3.a remove hyphen by splitting the string into prefix and suffix

	if nil ~= suffix then											-- if there was a hyphen
		suffix=string.rep("0", 6-string.len (suffix)) .. suffix;	-- 3.b.2 left fill the suffix with 0s if suffix length less than 6
		lccn=prefix..suffix;										-- reassemble the lccn
	end
	
	return lccn;
	end

--[[
Format LCCN link and do simple error checking.  LCCN is a character string 8-12 characters long. The length of the LCCN dictates the character type of the first 1-3 characters; the
rightmost eight are always digits. http://info-uri.info/registry/OAIHandler?verb=GetRecord&metadataPrefix=reg&identifier=info:lccn/

length = 8 then all digits
length = 9 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha
length = 10 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 11 then lccn[1] is lower case alpha, lccn[2] and lccn[3] are both lower case alpha or both digits
length = 12 then lccn[1] and lccn[2] are both lower case alpha

]]
function lccn(lccn)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['LCCN'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that LCCN is valid
	local id = lccn;									-- local copy of the lccn

	id = normalize_lccn (id);							-- get canonical form (no whitespace, hyphens, forward slashes)
	local len = id:len();								-- get the length of the lccn

	if 8 == len then
		if id:match("[^%d]") then						-- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits)
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );	-- set an error message
		end
	elseif 9 == len then								-- LCCN should be adddddddd
		if nil == id:match("%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then			-- does it match our pattern?
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );	-- set an error message
		end
	elseif 10 == len then								-- LCCN should be aadddddddd or dddddddddd
		if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if LCCN has anything but digits (nil if only digits) ...
			if nil == id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then	-- ... see if it matches our pattern
				err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
			end
		end
	elseif 11 == len then								-- LCCN should be aaadddddddd or adddddddddd
		if not (id:match("^%l%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") or id:match("^%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d")) then	-- see if it matches one of our patterns
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
		end
	elseif 12 == len then								-- LCCN should be aadddddddddd
		if not id:match("^%l%l%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d%d") then	-- see if it matches our pattern
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );	-- no match, set an error message
		end
	else
		err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );		-- wrong length, set an error message
	end

	if not is_set (err_cat) and nil ~= lccn:find ('%s') then
		err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_lccn' );		-- lccn contains a space, set an error message
	end

	return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=lccn,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[
Format PMID and do simple error checking.  PMIDs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMID to see that it
contains only digits and is less than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMIDs are issued.
]]
function pmid(id)
	local test_limit = 30000000;						-- update this value as PMIDs approach
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMID'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that PMID is valid
	
	if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if PMID has anything but digits
		err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmid' );		-- set an error message
	else												-- PMID is only digits
		local id_num = tonumber(id);					-- convert id to a number for range testing
		if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then		-- if PMID is outside test limit boundaries
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmid' );	-- set an error message
		end
	end
	
	return externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
end

--[[
Determines if a PMC identifier's online version is embargoed. Compares the date in |embargo= against today's date.  If embargo date is
in the future, returns true; otherwise, returns false because the embargo has expired or |embargo= not set in this cite.
]]
function is_embargoed(embargo)
	if is_set(embargo) then
		local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
		local good1, embargo_date, good2, todays_date;
		good1, embargo_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', embargo );
		good2, todays_date = pcall( lang.formatDate, lang, 'U' );
	
		if good1 and good2 and tonumber( embargo_date ) >= tonumber( todays_date ) then	--is embargo date is in the future?
			return true;	-- still embargoed
		end
	end
	return false;			-- embargo expired or |embargo= not set
end

--[[
Format a PMC, do simple error checking, and check for embargoed articles.

The embargo parameter takes a date for a value. If the embargo date is in the future
the PMC identifier will not be linked to the article.  If the embargo specifies a date in the past, or if it is empty or omitted, then
the PMC identifier is linked to the article through the link at cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix.

PMCs are sequential numbers beginning at 1 and counting up.  This code checks the PMC to see that it contains only digits and is less
than test_limit; the value in local variable test_limit will need to be updated periodically as more PMCs are issued.
]]
function pmc(id, embargo)
	local test_limit = 5000000;							-- update this value as PMCs approach
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'];
	local err_cat =  '';								-- presume that PMC is valid
	
	local text;

	if id:match("[^%d]") then							-- if PMC has anything but digits
		err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmc' );			-- set an error message
	else												-- PMC is only digits
		local id_num = tonumber(id);					-- convert id to a number for range testing
		if 1 > id_num or test_limit < id_num then		-- if PMC is outside test limit boundaries
			err_cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_pmc' );		-- set an error message
		end
	end
	
	if is_embargoed(embargo) then
		text="[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. handler.separator .. id .. err_cat;	--still embargoed so no external link
	else
		text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,			--no embargo date, ok to link to article
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode}) .. err_cat;
	end
	return text;
end

-- Formats a DOI and checks for DOI errors.

-- DOI names contain two parts: prefix and suffix separated by a forward slash.
--  Prefix: directory indicator '10.' followed by a registrant code
--  Suffix: character string of any length chosen by the registrant

-- This function checks a DOI name for: prefix/suffix.  If the doi name contains spaces or endashes,
-- or, if it ends with a period or a comma, this function will emit a bad_doi error message.

-- DOI names are case-insensitive and can incorporate any printable Unicode characters so the test for spaces, endash,
-- and terminal punctuation may not be technically correct but it appears, that in practice these characters are rarely if ever used in doi names.

function doi(id, inactive)
	local cat = ""
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['DOI'];
	
	local text;
	if is_set(inactive) then
		local inactive_year = inactive:match("%d%d%d%d") or '';		-- try to get the year portion from the inactive date
		text = "[[" .. handler.link .. "|" .. handler.label .. "]]:" .. id;
		if is_set(inactive_year) then
			table.insert( z.error_categories, "CS1 관리 - 깨진 DOI/" .. inactive_year .. "년");  -- LOCAL
		else
			table.insert( z.error_categories, "CS1 관리 - 깨진 DOI" );	-- when inactive doesn't contain a recognizable year  -- LOCAL
		end
		inactive = " (" .. inactive .. cfg.messages['inactive'] .. ")"  -- LOCAL
	else 
		text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
			prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
		inactive = "" 
	end

	if nil == id:match("^10%.[^%s–]-/[^%s–]-[^%.,]$") then	-- doi must begin with '10.', must contain a fwd slash, must not contain spaces or endashes, and must not end with period or comma
		cat = ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_doi' );
	end
	return text .. inactive .. cat 
end

-- Formats an OpenLibrary link, and checks for associated errors.
function openlibrary(id)
	local code = id:match("^%d+([AMW])$");					-- only digits followed by 'A', 'M', or 'W'
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['OL'];

	if ( code == "A" ) then
		return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix="http://openlibrary.org/authors/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode})
	elseif ( code == "M" ) then
		return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix="http://openlibrary.org/books/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode})
	elseif ( code == "W" ) then
		return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/works/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode})
	else
		return externallinkid({link=handler.link, label=handler.label,
			prefix= "http://openlibrary.org/OL",id=id, separator=handler.separator,
			encode = handler.encode}) .. 
			' ' .. seterror( 'bad_ol' );
	end
end

--[[
Validate and format an issn.  This code fixes the case where an editor has included an ISSN in the citation but has separated the two groups of four
digits with a space.  When that condition occurred, the resulting link looked like this:

	|issn=0819 4327 gives: [http://www.worldcat.org/issn/0819 4327 0819 4327]  -- can't have spaces in an external link
	
This code now prevents that by inserting a hyphen at the issn midpoint.  It also validates the issn for length and makes sure that the checkdigit agrees
with the calculated value.  Incorrect length (8 digits), characters other than 0-9 and X, or checkdigit / calculated value mismatch will all cause a check issn
error message.  The issn is always displayed with a hyphen, even if the issn was given as a single group of 8 digits.
]]
function issn(id)
	local issn_copy = id;		-- save a copy of unadulterated issn; use this version for display if issn does not validate
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['ISSN'];
	local text;
	local valid_issn = true;

	id=id:gsub( "[%s-–]", "" );									-- strip spaces, hyphens, and endashes from the issn

	if 8 ~= id:len() or nil == id:match( "^%d*X?$" ) then		-- validate the issn: 8 digits long, containing only 0-9 or X in the last position
		valid_issn=false;										-- wrong length or improper character
	else
		valid_issn=is_valid_isxn(id, 8);						-- validate issn
	end

	if true == valid_issn then
		id = string.sub( id, 1, 4 ) .. "-" .. string.sub( id, 5 );	-- if valid, display correctly formatted version
	else
		id = issn_copy;											-- if not valid, use the show the invalid issn with error message
	end
	
	text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
		prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
	if false == valid_issn then
		text = text .. ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_issn' )			-- add an error message if the issn is invalid
	end 
	
	return text
end

--[[--------------------------< M E S S A G E _ I D >----------------------------------------------------------

Validate and format a usenet message id.  Simple error checking, looks for 'id-left@id-right' not enclosed in
'<' and/or '>' angle brackets.

]]

function message_id (id)
	local handler = cfg.id_handlers['USENETID'];

	text = externallinkid({link = handler.link, label = handler.label,
		prefix=handler.prefix,id=id,separator=handler.separator, encode=handler.encode})
 
	if not id:match('^.+@.+$') or not id:match('^[^<].*[^>]$')then				-- doesn't have '@' or has one or first or last character is '< or '>'
		text = text .. ' ' .. seterror( 'bad_message_id' )						-- add an error message if the message id is invalid
	end 
	
	return text
end



--[[--------------------------< S E T _ T I T L E T Y P E >----------------------------------------------------

This function sets default title types (equivalent to the citation including |type=<default value>) for those citations that have defaults.
Also handles the special case where it is desirable to omit the title type from the rendered citation (|type=none).

]]
function set_titletype(cite_class, title_type)
	if is_set(title_type) then
		if "none" == title_type then
			title_type = "";					-- if |type=none then type parameter not displayed
		end
		if "없음" == title_type then			-- LOCAL 시작
			title_type = "";
		end										-- LOCAL 끝
		return title_type;						-- if |type= has been set to any other value use that value
	end

	if "AV-media-notes" == cite_class or "DVD-notes" == cite_class then		-- if this citation is cite AV media notes or cite DVD notes
		return "미디어 설명";					-- display AV media notes / DVD media notes annotation -- LOCAL

	elseif "mailinglist" == cite_class then		-- if this citation is cite mailing list
		return "메일링 리스트";					-- display mailing list annotation -- LOCAL

	elseif "podcast" == cite_class then			-- if this citation is cite podcast
		return "팟캐스트";						-- display podcast annotation -- LOCAL

	elseif "pressrelease" == cite_class then	-- if this citation is cite press release
		return "보도 자료";					-- display press release annotation -- LOCAL

	elseif "report" == cite_class then			-- if this citation is cite report
		return "보고서";						-- display report annotation -- LOCAL
	
	elseif "techreport" == cite_class then		-- if this citation is cite techreport
		return "기술 보고서";				-- display techreport annotation -- LOCAL
	
	elseif "thesis" == cite_class then			-- if this citation is cite thesis (degree option handled after this function returns)
		return "학위논문";					-- display simple thesis annotation (without |degree= modification) -- LOCAL
	end
end

--[[
Determines whether a URL string is valid

At present the only check is whether the string appears to 
be prefixed with a URI scheme.  It is not determined whether 
the URI scheme is valid or whether the URL is otherwise well 
formed.
]]
function checkurl( url_str )
	-- Protocol-relative or URL scheme
	return url_str:sub(1,2) == "//" or url_str:match( "^[^/]*:" ) ~= nil;
end

-- Removes irrelevant text and dashes from ISBN number
-- Similar to that used for Special:BookSources
function cleanisbn( isbn_str )
	return isbn_str:gsub( "[^-0-9X]", "" );
end

--[[--------------------------< E S C A P E _ L U A _ M A G I C _ C H A R S >----------------------------------

Returns a string where all of lua's magic characters have been escaped.  This is important because functions like
string.gsub() treat their pattern and replace strings as patterns, not literal strings.
]]
function escape_lua_magic_chars (argument)
	argument = argument:gsub("%%", "%%%%");										-- replace % with %%
	argument = argument:gsub("([%^%$%(%)%.%[%]%*%+%-%?])", "%%%1");				-- replace all other lua magic pattern characters
	return argument;
end

--[[--------------------------< S T R I P _ A P O S T R O P H E _ M A R K U P >--------------------------------

Strip wiki italic and bold markup from argument so that it doesn't contaminate COinS metadata.
This function strips common patterns of apostrophe markup.  We presume that editors who have taken the time to
markup a title have, as a result, provided valid markup. When they don't, some single apostrophes are left behind.

]]
function strip_apostrophe_markup (argument)
	if not is_set (argument) then return argument; end

	while true do
		if argument:match ("%'%'%'%'%'") then									-- bold italic (5)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'%'", "");							-- remove all instances of it
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'%'") then									-- italic start and end without content (4)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'%'", "");
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'%'") then									-- bold (3)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'%'", "");
		elseif argument:match ("%'%'") then										-- italic (2)
			argument=argument:gsub("%'%'", "");
		else
			break;
		end
	end
	return argument;															-- done
end

--[[--------------------------< M A K E _ C O I N S _ T I T L E >----------------------------------------------

Makes a title for COinS from Title and / or ScriptTitle (or any other name-script pairs)

Apostrophe markup (bold, italics) is stripped from each value so that the COinS metadata isn't correupted with strings
of %27%27...
]]

function make_coins_title (title, script)
	if is_set (title) then
		title = strip_apostrophe_markup (title);								-- strip any apostrophe markup
	else
		title='';																-- if not set, make sure title is an empty string
	end
	if is_set (script) then
		script = script:gsub ('^%l%l%s*:%s*', '');								-- remove language prefix if present (script value may now be empty string)
		script = strip_apostrophe_markup (script);								-- strip any apostrophe markup
	else
		script='';																-- if not set, make sure script is an empty string
	end
	if is_set (title) and is_set (script) then
		script = ' ' .. script;													-- add a space before we concatenate
	end
	return title .. script;														-- return the concatenation
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ C O I N S _ P A G E S >------------------------------------------------

Extract page numbers from external wikilinks in any of the |page=, |pages=, or |at= parameters for use in COinS.

]]
function get_coins_pages (pages)
	local pattern;
	if not is_set (pages) then return pages; end								-- if no page numbers then we're done
	
	while true do
		pattern = pages:match("%[(%w*:?//[^ ]+%s+)[%w%d].*%]");					-- pattern is the opening bracket, the url and following space(s): "[url "
		if nil == pattern then break; end										-- no more urls
		pattern = escape_lua_magic_chars (pattern);								-- pattern is not a literal string; escape lua's magic pattern characters
		pages = pages:gsub(pattern, "");										-- remove as many instances of pattern as possible
	end
	pages = pages:gsub("[%[%]]", "");											-- remove the brackets
	pages = pages:gsub("–", "-" );							-- replace endashes with hyphens
	pages = pages:gsub("&%w+;", "-" );						-- and replace html entities (&ndash; etc.) with hyphens; do we need to replace numerical entities like &#32; and the like?
	return pages;
end

--[[
ISBN-10 and ISSN validator code calculates checksum across all isbn/issn digits including the check digit. ISBN-13 is checked in checkisbn().
If the number is valid the result will be 0. Before calling this function, issbn/issn must be checked for length and stripped of dashes,
spaces and other non-isxn characters.
]]
function is_valid_isxn (isxn_str, len)
	local temp = 0;
	isxn_str = { isxn_str:byte(1, len) };	-- make a table of bytes
	len = len+1;							-- adjust to be a loop counter
	for i, v in ipairs( isxn_str ) do		-- loop through all of the bytes and calculate the checksum
		if v == string.byte( "X" ) then		-- if checkdigit is X
			temp = temp + 10*( len - i );	-- it represents 10 decimal
		else
			temp = temp + tonumber( string.char(v) )*(len-i);
		end
	end
	return temp % 11 == 0;					-- returns true if calculation result is zero
end

-- Determines whether an ISBN string is valid
function checkisbn( isbn_str )
	if nil ~= isbn_str:match("[^%s-0-9X]") then return false; end		-- fail if isbn_str contains anything but digits, hyphens, or the uppercase X
	isbn_str = isbn_str:gsub( "-", "" ):gsub( " ", "" );	-- remove hyphens and spaces
	local len = isbn_str:len();
 
	if len ~= 10 and len ~= 13 then
		return false;
	end

	if len == 10 then
		if isbn_str:match( "^%d*X?$" ) == nil then return false; end
		return is_valid_isxn(isbn_str, 10);
	else
		local temp = 0;
		if isbn_str:match( "^97[89]%d*$" ) == nil then return false; end	-- isbn13 begins with 978 or 979
		isbn_str = { isbn_str:byte(1, len) };
		for i, v in ipairs( isbn_str ) do
			temp = temp + (3 - 2*(i % 2)) * tonumber( string.char(v) );
		end
		return temp % 10 == 0;
	end
end

-- Gets the display text for a wikilink like [[A|B]] or [[B]] gives B
function removewikilink( str )
	return (str:gsub( "%[%[([^%[%]]*)%]%]", function(l)
		return l:gsub( "^[^|]*|(.*)$", "%1" ):gsub("^%s*(.-)%s*$", "%1");
	end));
end

-- Escape sequences for content that will be used for URL descriptions
function safeforurl( str )
	if str:match( "%[%[.-%]%]" ) ~= nil then 
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'wikilink_in_url', {}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return str:gsub( '[%[%]\n]', {	
		['['] = '&#91;',
		[']'] = '&#93;',
		['\n'] = ' ' } );
end

-- Converts a hyphen to a dash
function hyphentodash( str )
	if not is_set(str) or str:match( "[%[%]{}<>]" ) ~= nil then
		return str;
	end	
	return str:gsub( '-', '–' );
end

-- Protects a string that will be wrapped in wiki italic markup '' ... ''
function safeforitalics( str )
	--[[ Note: We cannot use <i> for italics, as the expected behavior for
	italics specified by ''...'' in the title is that they will be inverted
	(i.e. unitalicized) in the resulting references.  In addition, <i> and ''
	tend to interact poorly under Mediawiki's HTML tidy. ]]
	
	if not is_set(str) then
		return str;
	else
		if str:sub(1,1) == "'" then str = "<span />" .. str; end
		if str:sub(-1,-1) == "'" then str = str .. "<span />"; end
		
		-- Remove newlines as they break italics.
		return str:gsub( '\n', ' ' );
	end
end

-- LOCAL 시작
function yearcheck( str )
	return str:gsub( '년', '' );
end

function monthcheck( str )
	return str:gsub( '월', '' )
			  :gsub( "January", "1" ):gsub( "February", "2" ):gsub( "March", "3" ):gsub( "April", "4" )
			  :gsub( "May", "5" ):gsub( "June", "6" ):gsub( "July", "7" ):gsub( "August", "8" )
			  :gsub( "September", "9" ):gsub( "October", "10" ):gsub( "November", "11" ):gsub( "December", "12" );
end

function editioncheck( str )
	return str:gsub( "판", "" ):gsub( "ed.", "" ):gsub( "st", "" ):gsub( "nd", "" ):gsub( "rd", "" ):gsub( "th", "" );
end
-- LOCAL 끝

--[[--------------------------< S A F E J O I N >--------------------------------------------------------------

Joins a sequence of strings together while checking for duplicate separation characters.

]]
function safejoin( tbl, duplicate_char )
	--[[
	Note: we use string functions here, rather than ustring functions.
	
	This has considerably faster performance and should work correctly as 
	long as the duplicate_char is strict ASCII.  The strings
	in tbl may be ASCII or UTF8.
	]]
	
	local str = '';																-- the output string
	local comp = '';															-- what does 'comp' mean?
	local end_chr = '';
	local trim;
	for _, value in ipairs( tbl ) do
		if value == nil then value = ''; end
		
		if str == '' then														-- if output string is empty
			str = value;														-- assign value to it (first time through the loop)
		elseif value ~= '' then
			if value:sub(1,1) == '<' then										-- Special case of values enclosed in spans and other markup.
				comp = value:gsub( "%b<>", "" );								-- remove html markup (<span>string</span> -> string)
			else
				comp = value;
			end
																				-- typically duplicate_char is sepc
			if comp:sub(1,1) == duplicate_char then								-- is first charactier same as duplicate_char? why test first character?
																				--   Because individual string segments often (always?) begin with terminal punct for th
																				--   preceding segment: 'First element' .. 'sepc next element' .. etc?
				trim = false;
				end_chr = str:sub(-1,-1);										-- get the last character of the output string
				-- str = str .. "<HERE(enchr=" .. end_chr.. ")"					-- debug stuff?
				if end_chr == duplicate_char then								-- if same as separator
					str = str:sub(1,-2);										-- remove it
				elseif end_chr == "'" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "''" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc'' 
						str = str:sub(1, -4) .. "''";							-- remove them and add back ''
					elseif str:sub(-5,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]''" then		-- if last five chars of str are sepc]]'' 
						trim = true;											-- why? why do this and next differently from previous?
					elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]''" then		-- if last four chars of str are sepc]'' 
						trim = true;											-- same question
					end
				elseif end_chr == "]" then										-- if it might be wikimarkup
					if str:sub(-3,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]]" then			-- if last three chars of str are sepc]] wikilink 
						trim = true;
					elseif str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. "]" then			-- if last two chars of str are sepc] external link
						trim = true;
					elseif str:sub(-4,-1) == duplicate_char .. "'']" then		-- normal case when |url=something & |title=Title.
						trim = true;
					end
				elseif end_chr == " " then										-- if last char of output string is a space
					if str:sub(-2,-1) == duplicate_char .. " " then				-- if last two chars of str are <sepc><space>
						str = str:sub(1,-3);									-- remove them both
					end
				end

				if trim then
					if value ~= comp then 										-- value does not equal comp when value contains html markup
						local dup2 = duplicate_char;
						if dup2:match( "%A" ) then dup2 = "%" .. dup2; end		-- if duplicate_char not a letter then escape it
						
						value = value:gsub( "(%b<>)" .. dup2, "%1", 1 )			-- remove duplicate_char if it follows html markup
					else
						value = value:sub( 2, -1 );								-- remove duplicate_char when it is first character
					end
				end
			end
			str = str .. value;													--add it to the output string
		end
	end
	return str;
end  

-- Attempts to convert names to initials.
function reducetoinitials(first)
	local initials = {}
	local i = 0;										-- counter for number of initials
	for word in string.gmatch(first, "%S+") do
		table.insert(initials, string.sub(word,1,1))	-- Vancouver format does not include full stops.
		i = i + 1;										-- bump the counter 
		if 2 <= i then break; end						-- only two initials allowed in Vancouver system; if 2, quit
	end
	return table.concat(initials)						-- Vancouver format does not include spaces.
end

-- Formats a list of people (e.g. authors / editors) 
function listpeople(control, people)
	local sep;
	local namesep;
	local format = control.format
	local maximum = control.maximum
	local lastauthoramp = control.lastauthoramp;
	local text = {}
	local etal = false;
	
	if 'vanc' == format then													-- Vancouver-like author/editor name styling?
		sep = ',';																-- name-list separator between authors is a comma
		namesep = ' ';															-- last/first separator is a space
	else
		sep = ';'																-- name-list separator between authors is a semicolon
		namesep = ', '															-- last/first separator is <comma><space>
	end
	
	if sep:sub(-1,-1) ~= " " then sep = sep .. " " end
	if maximum ~= nil and maximum < 1 then return "", 0; end
	
	for i,person in ipairs(people) do
		if is_set(person.last) then
			local mask = person.mask
			local one
			local sep_one = sep;
			if maximum ~= nil and i > maximum then
				etal = true;
				break;
			elseif (mask ~= nil) then
				local n = tonumber(mask)
				if (n ~= nil) then
					one = string.rep("&mdash;",n)
				else
					one = mask;
					sep_one = " ";
				end
			else
				one = person.last
				local first = person.first
				if is_set(first) then 
					if ( "vanc" == format ) then first = reducetoinitials(first) end
					one = one .. namesep .. first 
				end
				if is_set(person.link) and person.link ~= control.page_name then
					one = "[[" .. person.link .. "|" .. one .. "]]"		-- link author/editor if this page is not the author's/editor's page
				end

				if is_set(person.link) and ((nil ~= person.link:find("//")) or (nil ~= person.link:find("[%[%]]"))) then
					one = one .. " " .. seterror( 'bad_authorlink' ) end	-- url or wikilink in author link;
			end
			table.insert( text, one )
			table.insert( text, sep_one )
		end
	end

	local count = #text / 2;
	if count > 0 then 
		if count > 1 and is_set(lastauthoramp) and not etal then
			text[#text-2] = " & ";
		end
		text[#text] = nil; 
	end
	
	local result = table.concat(text) -- construct list
	if etal then 
		local etal_text = cfg.messages['et al'];
		result = result .. " " .. etal_text;
	end
	
	return result, count
end

--[[--------------------------< A N C H O R I D >--------------------------------------------------------------
Generates a CITEREF anchor ID if we have at least one name or a date.  Otherwise returns an empty string.

]]

function anchorid( options )
	local id = table.concat( options );											-- concatenate names and year for CITEREF id
	if is_set (id) then															-- if concatenation is not an empty string
		return "CITEREF" .. id;													-- add the CITEREF portion
	else
		return '';																-- return an empty string; no reason to include CITEREF id in this citation
	end
end

--[[
Gets name list from the input arguments

Searches through args in sequential order to find |lastn= and |firstn= parameters (or their aliases), and their matching link and mask parameters.
Stops searching when both |lastn= and |firstn= are not found in args after two sequential attempts: found |last1=, |last2=, and |last3= but doesn't
find |last4= and |last5= then the search is done.

This function emits an error message when there is a |firstn= without a matching |lastn=.  When there are 'holes' in the list of last names, |last1= and |last3=
are present but |last2= is missing, an error message is emitted. |lastn= is not required to have a matching |firstn=.
]]
function extractnames(args, list_name)
	local names = {};			-- table of names
	local last;					-- individual name components
	local first;
	local link;
	local mask;
	local i = 1;				-- loop counter/indexer
	local n = 1;				-- output table indexer
	local count = 0;			-- used to count the number of times we haven't found a |last= (or alias for authors, |editor-last or alias for editors)
	
	local err_msg_list_name = list_name:match ("(%w+)List") .. 's list';		-- modify AuthorList or EditorList for use in error messages if necessary

	while true do
		last = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Last'], 'redundant_parameters', i );		-- search through args for name components beginning at 1
		first = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-First'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		link = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Link'], 'redundant_parameters', i );
		mask = selectone( args, cfg.aliases[list_name .. '-Mask'], 'redundant_parameters', i );

		if first and not last then												-- if there is a firstn without a matching lastn
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'first_missing_last', {err_msg_list_name, i}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
		elseif not first and not last then										-- if both firstn and lastn aren't found, are we done?
			count = count + 1;													-- number of times we haven't found last and first
			if 2 == count then													-- two missing names and we give up
				break;															-- normal exit or there is a two-name hole in the list; can't tell which
			end
		else																	-- we have last with or without a first
			names[n] = {last = last, first = first, link = link, mask = mask};	-- add this name to our names list
			n = n + 1;															-- point to next location in the names table
			if 1 == count then													-- if the previous name was missing
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'missing_name', {err_msg_list_name, i-1}, true ) } );		-- add this error message
			end
			count = 0;															-- reset the counter, we're looking for two consecutive missing names
		end
		i = i + 1;																-- point to next args location
	end
	return names;																-- all done, return our list of names
end

-- Populates ID table from arguments using configuration settings
function extractids( args )
	local id_list = {};
	for k, v in pairs( cfg.id_handlers ) do	
		v = selectone( args, v.parameters, 'redundant_parameters' );
		if is_set(v) then id_list[k] = v; end
	end
	return id_list;
end

--[[--------------------------< B U I L D I D L I S T >--------------------------------------------------------
Takes a table of IDs and turns it into a table of formatted ID outputs.

]]
function buildidlist( id_list, options )
	local new_list, handler = {};

	function fallback(k) return { __index = function(t,i) return cfg.id_handlers[k][i] end } end;
	
	for k, v in pairs( id_list ) do
		-- fallback to read-only cfg
		handler = setmetatable( { ['id'] = v }, fallback(k) );
		
		if handler.mode == 'external' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, externallinkid( handler ) } );
		elseif handler.mode == 'internal' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, internallinkid( handler ) } );
		elseif handler.mode ~= 'manual' then
			error( cfg.messages['unknown_ID_mode'] );
		elseif k == 'DOI' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, doi( v, options.DoiBroken ) } );
		elseif k == 'ARXIV' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, arxiv( v ) } ); 
		elseif k == 'ASIN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, amazon( v, options.ASINTLD ) } ); 
		elseif k == 'LCCN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, lccn( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'OL' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, openlibrary( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'PMC' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmc( v, options.Embargo ) } );
		elseif k == 'PMID' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, pmid( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'ISSN' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, issn( v ) } );
		elseif k == 'ISBN' then
			local ISBN = internallinkid( handler );
			if not checkisbn( v ) and not is_set(options.IgnoreISBN) then
				ISBN = ISBN .. seterror( 'bad_isbn', {}, false, " ", "" );
			end
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, ISBN } );				
		elseif k == 'USENETID' then
			table.insert( new_list, {handler.label, message_id( v ) } );
		else
			error( cfg.messages['unknown_manual_ID'] );
		end
	end
	
	function comp( a, b )	-- used in following table.sort()
		return a[1] < b[1];
	end
	
	table.sort( new_list, comp );
	for k, v in ipairs( new_list ) do
		new_list[k] = v[2];
	end
	
	return new_list;
end
  
-- Chooses one matching parameter from a list of parameters to consider
-- Generates an error if more than one match is present.
function selectone( args, possible, error_condition, index )
	local value = nil;
	local selected = '';
	local error_list = {};
	
	if index ~= nil then index = tostring(index); end
	
	-- Handle special case of "#" replaced by empty string
	if index == '1' then
		for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
			v = v:gsub( "#", "" );
			if is_set(args[v]) then
				if value ~= nil and selected ~= v then
					table.insert( error_list, v );
				else
					value = args[v];
					selected = v;
				end
			end
		end		
	end
	
	for _, v in ipairs( possible ) do
		if index ~= nil then
			v = v:gsub( "#", index );
		end
		if is_set(args[v]) then
			if value ~= nil and selected ~=  v then
				table.insert( error_list, v );
			else
				value = args[v];
				selected = v;
			end
		end
	end
	
	if #error_list > 0 then
		local error_str = "";
		for _, k in ipairs( error_list ) do
			if error_str ~= "" then error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-separator'] end
			error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', k);
		end
		if #error_list > 1 then
			error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-final-separator'];
		else
			error_str = error_str .. cfg.messages['parameter-pair-separator'];
		end
		error_str = error_str .. wrap_style ('parameter', selected);
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( error_condition, {error_str}, true ) } );
	end
	
	return value, selected;
end

-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) allows automated tools to parse
-- the citation information.
function COinS(data)
	if 'table' ~= type(data) or nil == next(data) then
		return '';
	end
	
	local ctx_ver = "Z39.88-2004";
	
	-- treat table strictly as an array with only set values.
	local OCinSoutput = setmetatable( {}, {
		__newindex = function(self, key, value)
			if is_set(value) then
				rawset( self, #self+1, table.concat{ key, '=', mw.uri.encode( removewikilink( value ) ) } );
			end
		end
	});
	
	if is_set(data.Chapter) then
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
		OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "bookitem";
		OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Chapter;
		OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
	elseif is_set(data.Periodical) then
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:journal";
		OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "article";
		OCinSoutput["rft.jtitle"] = data.Periodical;
		OCinSoutput["rft.atitle"] = data.Title;
	else
		OCinSoutput.rft_val_fmt = "info:ofi/fmt:kev:mtx:book";
		OCinSoutput["rft.genre"] = "book"
		OCinSoutput["rft.btitle"] = data.Title;
	end
	
	OCinSoutput["rft.place"] = data.PublicationPlace;
	OCinSoutput["rft.date"] = data.Date;
	OCinSoutput["rft.series"] = data.Series;
	OCinSoutput["rft.volume"] = data.Volume;
	OCinSoutput["rft.issue"] = data.Issue;
	OCinSoutput["rft.pages"] = data.Pages;
	OCinSoutput["rft.edition"] = data.Edition;
	OCinSoutput["rft.pub"] = data.PublisherName;
	
	for k, v in pairs( data.ID_list ) do
		local id, value = cfg.id_handlers[k].COinS;
		if k == 'ISBN' then value = cleanisbn( v ); else value = v; end
		if string.sub( id or "", 1, 4 ) == 'info' then
			OCinSoutput["rft_id"] = table.concat{ id, "/", v };
		else
			OCinSoutput[ id ] = value;
		end
	end
	
	local last, first;
	for k, v in ipairs( data.Authors ) do
		last, first = v.last, v.first;
		if k == 1 then
			if is_set(last) then
				OCinSoutput["rft.aulast"] = last;
			end
			if is_set(first) then 
				OCinSoutput["rft.aufirst"] = first;
			end
		end
		if is_set(last) and is_set(first) then
			OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = table.concat{ last, ", ", first };
		elseif is_set(last) then
			OCinSoutput["rft.au"] = last;
		end
	end
	
	OCinSoutput.rft_id = data.URL;
	OCinSoutput.rfr_id = table.concat{ "info:sid/", mw.site.server:match( "[^/]*$" ), ":", data.RawPage };
	OCinSoutput = setmetatable( OCinSoutput, nil );
	
	-- sort with version string always first, and combine.
	table.sort( OCinSoutput );
	table.insert( OCinSoutput, 1, "ctx_ver=" .. ctx_ver );  -- such as "Z39.88-2004"
	return table.concat(OCinSoutput, "&");
end


--[[--------------------------< G E T _ I S O 6 3 9 _ C O D E >------------------------------------------------

Validates language names provided in |language= parameter if not an ISO639-1 code.  Handles the special case that is Norwegian where
ISO639-1 code 'no' is mapped to language name 'Norwegian Bokmål' by Extention:CLDR.

Returns the language name and associated ISO639-1 code.  Because case of the source may be incorrect or different from the case that Wikimedia
uses, the name comparisons are done in lower case and when a match is found, the Wikimedia version (assumed to be correct) is returned along
with the code.  When there is no match, we return the original language name string.

mw.language.fetchLanguageNames() will return a list of languages that aren't part of ISO639-1. Names that aren't ISO639-1 but that are included
in the list will be found if that name is provided in the |language= parameter.  For example, if |language=Samaritan Aramaic, that name will be
found with the associated code 'sam', not an ISO639-1 code.  When names are found and the associated code is not two characters, this function
returns only the Wikimedia language name.

Adapted from code taken from Module:Check ISO 639-1.
]]

function get_iso639_code (lang)
	if 'norwegian' == lang:lower() then											-- special case related to Wikimedia remap of code 'no' at Extension:CLDR -- LOCAL
		return '노르웨이어', 'no';												-- Make sure rendered version is properly capitalized -- LOCAL
	end
	
	local languages = mw.language.fetchLanguageNames('ko', 'all')				-- get a list of language names known to Wikimedia -- LOCAL
																				-- ('all' is required for North Ndebele, South Ndebele, and Ojibwa)
	local langlc = mw.ustring.lower(lang);										-- lower case version for comparisons
	
	for code, name in pairs(languages) do										-- scan the list to see if we can find our language
		if langlc == mw.ustring.lower(name) then
			if 2 ~= code:len() then												-- ISO639-1 codes only
				return name;													-- so return the name but not the code
			end
			return name, code;													-- found it, return name to ensure proper capitalization and the ISO639-1 code
		end
	end
	return lang;																-- not valid language; return language in original case and nil for ISO639-1 code
end

--[[--------------------------< L A N G U A G E _ P A R A M E T E R >------------------------------------------

Get language name from ISO639-1 code value provided.  If a code is valid use the returned name; if not, then use the value that was provided with the language parameter.

There is an exception.  There are three ISO639-1 codes for Norewegian language variants.  There are two official variants: Norwegian Bokmål (code 'nb') and
Norwegian Nynorsk (code 'nn').  The third, code 'no',  is defined by ISO639-1 as 'Norwegian' though in Norway this is pretty much meaningless.  However, it appears
that on enwiki, editors are for the most part unaware of the nb and nn variants (compare page counts for these variants at Category:Articles with non-English-language external links.

Because Norwegian Bokmål is the most common language variant, Media wiki has been modified to return Norwegian Bokmål for ISO639-1 code 'no'. Here we undo that and
return 'Norwegian' when editors use |language=no.  We presume that editors don't know about the variants or can't descriminate between them.

See Help talk:Citation Style_1#An ISO 639-1 language name test

When |language= contains a valid ISO639-1 code, the page is assigned to the category for that code: Category:Norwegian-language sources (no) if
the page is a mainspace page and the ISO639-1 code is not 'en'.  Similarly, if the  parameter is |language=Norwegian, it will be categorized in the same way.

]]

function language_parameter (lang, namespace)
	local code;			-- the ISO639-1 two character code
	local name;			-- the language name
	local test='';
		
	if 0 == namespace and (('ko' == lang:lower()) or ('korean' == lang:lower()) or ('한국어' == lang:lower())) then -- LOCAL
		table.insert (z.maintenance_cats, 'CS1 관리 - 한국어 인용 (ko)');		-- add maintenance category if |language=English or |language=en in article space -- LOCAL
	end

	if 2 == lang:len() then														-- ISO639-1 language code are 2 characters (fetchLanguageName also supports 3 character codes)
		name = mw.language.fetchLanguageName( lang:lower(), "ko" );				-- get ISO 639-1 language name if Language is a proper code -- LOCAL
	end

	if is_set (name) then														-- if Language specified a valid ISO639-1 code
		code = lang:lower();													-- save it
	else
		name, code = get_iso639_code (lang);									-- attempt to get code from name (assign name here so that we are sure of proper capitalization)
	end

	if is_set (code) then
		if 'no' == code then name = '노르웨이어' end;							-- override wikimedia when code is 'no' -- LOCAL
		if 0 == namespace and 'ko' ~= code then									-- is this page main / article space and English not the language? -- LOCAL
			table.insert( z.properties_cats, 'CS1 - ' .. name .. ' 인용 (' .. code .. ')'); -- in main space and not English: categorize -- LOCAL
		end
	else
		table.insert (z.maintenance_cats, 'CS1 관리 - 인식할 수 없는 언어');	-- add maintenance category when |language= does not appear to be ISO 639-1 language
	end
	return (" " .. wrap_msg ('language', name));								-- wrap with '(in ...)'
end

--[[--------------------------< G E T _ S E T T I N G S _ F R O M _ C I T E _ C L A S S >----------------------
When |mode= is not set or when its value is invalid, use config.CitationClass and parameter values to establish
rendered style.

]]

function get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
	if (cite_class == "citation") then											-- for citation templates (CS2)
		sep = ',';																-- set citation separator to its default (comma)
		if not is_set (ps) then													-- if |postscript= has not been set, set cs2 default
			ps = '';															-- make sure it isn't nil
		end
		if not is_set (ref) then												-- if |ref= is not set
			ref = "harv";														-- set default |ref=harv
		end
	else																		-- not a citation template so CS1
		sep = '.';																-- set cite xxx separator to its default (period)
		if not is_set (ps) then													-- if |postscript= has not been set
			ps = '.';															-- set cs1 default
		end
	end

	return sep, ps, ref															-- return them all
end

--[[--------------------------< S E T _ S T Y L E >------------------------------------------------------------

Establish basic style settings to be used when rendering the citation.  Uses |mode= if set and valid or uses
config.CitationClass from the template's #invoke: to establish style.

]]

function set_style (mode, ps, ref, cite_class)
local sep;
	if is_set (mode) then
		if 'cs2' == mode then											-- if this template is to be rendered in CS2 (citation) style
			sep = ',';															-- separate elements with a comma
			if not is_set (ps) then												-- unless explicitely set to something
				ps = '';														-- make sure it isn't nil
			end
			if not is_set (ref) then											-- unless explicitely set to something
				ref = 'harv';													-- set so this template renders with CITEREF anchor id
			end
		elseif 'cs1' == mode then										-- if this template is to be rendered in CS1 (cite xxx) style
			sep = '.';															-- separate elements with a period
			if not is_set (ps) then												-- unless explicitely set to something
				ps = '.';														-- terminate the rendered citation with a period
			end
		else																	-- anything but cs1 or cs2
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'invalid_param_val', {'mode', mode}, true ) } );		-- add error message
			sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class);	-- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
		end
	else													-- when |mode= empty or omitted
		sep, ps, ref = get_settings_from_cite_class (ps, ref, cite_class);		-- get settings based on the template's CitationClass
	end
	if 'none' == ps:lower() then												-- if assigned value is 'none' then
		ps = '';																-- set to empty string
	end
	if '없음' == ps:lower() then												-- LOCAL
		ps = '';																-- LOCAL
	end
	
	return sep, ps, ref
end


--[[--------------------------< C I T A T I O N 0 >------------------------------------------------------------
This is the main function doing the majority of the citation
formatting.
]]
function citation0( config, args)
	--[[ 
	Load Input Parameters
	The argument_wrapper facilitates the mapping of multiple
	aliases to single internal variable.
	]]
	local A = argument_wrapper( args );

	local i 
	local PPrefix = A['PPrefix']
	local PPPrefix = A['PPPrefix']
	if is_set( A['NoPP'] ) then PPPrefix = "" PPrefix = "" end
	
	-- Pick out the relevant fields from the arguments.  Different citation templates
	-- define different field names for the same underlying things.	
	local Authors = A['Authors'];
	local a = extractnames( args, 'AuthorList' );

	local Coauthors = A['Coauthors'];
	local Others = A['Others'];
	local Editors = A['Editors'];
	local e = extractnames( args, 'EditorList' );

	local NameListFormat = A['NameListFormat'];									-- replaces |author-format= and |editor-format=
	if is_set (NameListFormat) and ('vanc' ~= NameListFormat) then											-- only accepted value for this parameter is 'vanc'
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'invalid_param_val', {'name-list-format', NameListFormat}, true ) } );	-- not vanc so add error message
		NameListFormat = '';													-- set to empty string
	end

	local Year = A['Year'];
	local PublicationDate = A['PublicationDate'];
	local OrigYear = A['OrigYear'];
	local Date = A['Date'];
	local LayDate = A['LayDate'];
	------------------------------------------------- Get title data
	local Title = A['Title'];
--	local ScriptTitle = A['ScriptTitle']; -- LOCAL
	local BookTitle = A['BookTitle'];
	local Conference = A['Conference'];
	local TransTitle = A['TransTitle'];
	local TitleNote = A['TitleNote'];
	local TitleLink = A['TitleLink'];
	local NoBracket = A['NoBracket']; -- LOCAL
	local Chapter = A['Chapter'];
	local ChapterLink = A['ChapterLink'];										-- deprecated
	local TransChapter = A['TransChapter'];
	local TitleType = A['TitleType'];
	local Degree = A['Degree'];
	local Docket = A['Docket'];
	local ArchiveURL = A['ArchiveURL'];
	local URL = A['URL']
	local URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('URL');											-- get name of parameter that holds URL
	local ChapterURL = A['ChapterURL'];
	local ChapterURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ChapterURL');							-- get name of parameter that holds ChapterURL
	local ConferenceURL = A['ConferenceURL'];
	local ConferenceURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ConferenceURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds ConferenceURL
	local Periodical = A['Periodical'];

	local Series = A['Series'];
	local Volume = A['Volume'];
	local Issue = A['Issue'];
	local Position = '';
	local Page = A['Page'];
	local Pages = hyphentodash( A['Pages'] );	
	local At = A['At'];

	local Edition = A['Edition'];
	local PublicationPlace = A['PublicationPlace']
	local Place = A['Place'];
	
	local PublisherName = A['PublisherName'];
	local RegistrationRequired = A['RegistrationRequired'];
	local SubscriptionRequired = A['SubscriptionRequired'];
	local Via = A['Via'];
	local AccessDate = A['AccessDate'];
	local ArchiveDate = A['ArchiveDate'];
	local Agency = A['Agency'];
	local DeadURL = A['DeadURL']
	local Language = A['Language'];
	local Format = A['Format'];
	local ChapterFormat = A['ChapterFormat'];
	local DoiBroken = A['DoiBroken'];
	local ID = A['ID'];
	local ASINTLD = A['ASINTLD'];
	local IgnoreISBN = A['IgnoreISBN'];
	local Embargo = A['Embargo'];

	local ID_list = extractids( args );

	local Quote = A['Quote'];

	local LayURL = A['LayURL'];
	local LaySource = A['LaySource'];
	local Transcript = A['Transcript'];
	local TranscriptURL = A['TranscriptURL'] 
	local TranscriptURLorigin = A:ORIGIN('TranscriptURL');						-- get name of parameter that holds TranscriptURL

	local LastAuthorAmp = A['LastAuthorAmp'];
	local no_tracking_cats = A['NoTracking'];

--these are used by cite interview
	local Callsign = A['Callsign'];
	local City = A['City'];
	local Program = A['Program'];

--local variables that are not cs1 parameters
	local use_lowercase;								-- controls capitalization of certain static text
	local this_page = mw.title.getCurrentTitle();		-- also used for COinS and for language
	local anchor_year;									-- used in the CITEREF identifier
	local COinS_date;									-- used in the COinS metadata

-- set default parameter values defined by |mode= parameter.  If |mode= is empty or omitted, use CitationClass to set these values
	local sepc;											-- separator between citation elements for CS1 a period, for CS2, a comma
	local PostScript;
	local Ref;
	sepc, PostScript, Ref = set_style (A['Mode']:lower(), A['PostScript'], A['Ref'], config.CitationClass);
	use_lowercase = ( sepc == ',' );					-- used to control capitalization for certain static text

--[[--------------------------< F O R M A T _ C H A P T E R _ T I T L E >--------------------------------------

Format the three chapter parameters: |chapter=, |trans-chapter=, and |chapter-url= into a single Chapter meta-
parameter (chapter_url_source used for error messages). 위에서 통째로 옮김.

]]

function format_chapter_title (chapter, transchapter, chapterurl, chapter_url_source)
	local chapter_error = '';
	
	if not is_set (chapter) then
		chapter = '';															-- just to be safe for concatenation
		if is_set (transchapter) then
			chapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
			chapter_error = " " .. seterror ('trans_missing_chapter');
		end
		if is_set (chapterurl) then
			chapter = externallink (chapterurl, chapter, chapter_url_source);	-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
		end
		return chapter .. chapter_error;
	else																		-- here when chapter is set
		chapter = kern_quotes (chapter);										-- if necessary, separate chapter title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
		if is_set(NoBracket) then
			chapter = wrap_style ('quoted-title', chapter);
		else
			chapter = wrap_style ('single-bracket', chapter);
		end
		if is_set (transchapter) then
			transchapter = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', transchapter);
			chapter = chapter .. ' ' .. transchapter;
		end
		if is_set (chapterurl) then
			chapter = externallink (chapterurl, chapter);						-- adds bare_url_missing_title error if appropriate
		end
	end
	return chapter;
end

--check this page to see if it is in one of the namespaces that cs1 is not supposed to add to the error categories.
	if not is_set(no_tracking_cats) then				-- ignore if we are already not going to categorize this page
		if inArray (this_page.nsText, cfg.uncategorized_namespaces) then
			no_tracking_cats = "true";					-- set no_tracking_cats
		end
	end

-- check for extra |page=, |pages= or |at= parameters. 
	if is_set(Page) then
		if is_set(Pages) or is_set(At) then
			Page = Page .. " " .. seterror('extra_pages');	-- add error message
			Pages = '';										-- unset the others
			At = '';
		end
	elseif is_set(Pages) then
		if is_set(At) then
			Pages = Pages .. " " .. seterror('extra_pages');	-- add error messages
			At = '';											-- unset
		end
	end	

-- both |publication-place= and |place= (|location=) allowed if different
	if not is_set(PublicationPlace) and is_set(Place) then
		PublicationPlace = Place;							-- promote |place= (|location=) to |publication-place
	end
	
	if PublicationPlace == Place then Place = ''; end		-- don't need both if they are the same
	
--[[
Parameter remapping for cite encyclopedia:
When the citation has these parameters:
	|encyclopedia and |title then map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia and |article then map |encyclopedia to |title
	|encyclopedia then map |encyclopedia to |title

	|trans_title maps to |trans_chapter when |title is re-mapped
	|url maps to |chapterurl when |title is remapped

All other combinations of |encyclopedia, |title, and |article are not modified
TODO: script-title to script-chapter if and when we support script-chapter
]]

local Encyclopedia = A['Encyclopedia'];

	if ( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then	-- test code for citation
		if is_set(Periodical) then					-- Periodical is set when |encyclopedia is set
			if is_set(Title) then
				if not is_set(Chapter) then
					Chapter = Title;				-- |encyclopedia and |title are set so map |title to |article and |encyclopedia to |title
					TransChapter = TransTitle;
					ChapterURL = URL;
					Title = Periodical;
					ChapterFormat = Format;
					Periodical = '';				-- redundant so unset
					TransTitle = '';				-- redundant so unset
					URL = '';						-- redundant so unset
					Format = '';					-- redundant so unset
				end
			else									-- |title not set
				Title = Periodical;					-- |encyclopedia set and |article set or not set so map |encyclopedia to |title
				Periodical = '';					-- redundant so unset
			end
		end
	end

-- Special case for cite techreport.
	if (config.CitationClass == "techreport") then	-- special case for cite techreport
		if is_set(Issue) then						-- cite techreport uses 'number', which other citations aliase to 'issue'
			if not is_set(ID) then					-- can we use ID for the "number"?
				ID = Issue;							-- yes, use it
				Issue = "";							-- unset Issue so that "number" isn't duplicated in the rendered citation or COinS metadata
			else									-- can't use ID so emit error message
				ID = ID .. " " .. seterror('redundant_parameters', '<code>&#124;id=</code> and <code>&#124;number=</code>');
			end
		end	
	end

-- special case for cite interview
	if (config.CitationClass == "interview") then
		if is_set(Program) then
			if is_set(NoBracket) then							-- LOCAL
					ID = " ''" .. Program .. "''"				-- LOCAL
			else												-- LOCAL
					ID = " &#12298;" .. Program .. "&#12299;";  -- LOCAL
			end
		end
		if is_set(Callsign) then
			if is_set(ID) then
				ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. Callsign;
			else
				ID = ' ' .. Callsign;
			end
		end
		if is_set(City) then
			if is_set(ID) then
				ID = ID .. sepc .. ' ' .. City;
			else
				ID = ' ' .. City;
			end
		end

		if is_set(Others) then
			if is_set(TitleType) then
				Others = ' ' .. Others .. '와의' .. TitleType;  -- LOCAL 수정 필요
				TitleType = '';
			else
				Others = '인터뷰어: ' .. Others ;  -- LOCAL
			end
		else
			Others = '(인터뷰)';  -- LOCAL
		end
	end

-- special case for cite mailing list
	if (config.CitationClass == "mailinglist") then
		Periodical = A ['MailingList'];
	end

--Account for the oddity that is {{cite journal}} with |pmc= set and |url= not set
	if config.CitationClass == "journal" and not is_set(URL) and is_set(ID_list['PMC']) then
		if not is_embargoed(Embargo) then
			URL=cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].prefix .. ID_list['PMC'];	-- set url to be the same as the PMC external link if not embargoed
			URLorigin = cfg.id_handlers['PMC'].parameters[1];		-- set URLorigin to parameter name for use in error message if citation is missing a |title=
		end
	end

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite conference}}, before generation of COinS data.
	if 'conference' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set(BookTitle) then
			Chapter = Title;
--			ChapterLink = TitleLink;											-- |chapterlink= is deprecated
			ChapterURL = URL;
			ChapterURLorigin = URLorigin;
			URLorigin = '';
			ChapterFormat = Format;
			TransChapter = TransTitle;
			Title = BookTitle;
			Format = '';
--			TitleLink = '';
			TransTitle = '';
			URL = '';
		end
	else
		Conference = '';														-- not cite conference so make sure this is empty string
	end

-- Account for the oddity that is {{cite episode}}, before generation of COinS data.
--[[	-- {{cite episode}} is not currently supported by this module
	if config.CitationClass == "episode" then
		local AirDate = A['AirDate'];
		local SeriesLink = A['SeriesLink'];
		local Season = A['Season'];
		local SeriesNumber = A['SeriesNumber'];
		local Network = A['Network'];
		local Station = A['Station'];
		local s, n = {}, {};
		local Sep = (first_set(A["SeriesSeparator"], A["Separator"]) or "") .. " ";
		
		if is_set(Issue) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["episode"] .. " " .. Issue); Issue = ''; end
		if is_set(Season) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["season"] .. " " .. Season); end
		if is_set(SeriesNumber) then table.insert(s, cfg.messages["series"] .. " " .. SeriesNumber); end
		if is_set(Network) then table.insert(n, Network); end
		if is_set(Station) then table.insert(n, Station); end
		
		Date = Date or AirDate;
		Chapter = Title;
		ChapterLink = TitleLink;
		TransChapter = TransTitle;
		Title = Series;
		TitleLink = SeriesLink;
		TransTitle = '';
		
		Series = table.concat(s, Sep);
		ID = table.concat(n, Sep);
	end
-- end of {{cite episode}} stuff]]

-- legacy: promote concatenation of |month=, and |year= to Date if Date not set; or, promote PublicationDate to Date if neither Date nor Year are set.
	if is_set(Date) then
		if is_set (Year) then
			table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, "CS1 관리 - 날짜와 연도");		-- add to maint category
		end
	else
		Date = Year;						-- promote Year to Date
		Year = nil;							-- make nil so Year as empty string isn't used for CITEREF
		if is_set(Date) then
			local Month = A['Month'];
			if is_set(Month) then
				Date = yearcheck(Date) .. "년" .. " " .. monthcheck(Month) .. "월"; -- LOCAL
			end
		elseif is_set(PublicationDate) then	-- use PublicationDate when |date= and |year= are not set
			Date = PublicationDate;			-- promote PublicationDate to Date
			PublicationDate = '';			-- unset, no longer needed
		end
	end

	if PublicationDate == Date then PublicationDate = ''; end	-- if PublicationDate is same as Date, don't display in rendered citation


--[[
Go test all of the date-holding parameters for valid MOS:DATE format and make sure that dates are real dates. This must be done before we do COinS because here is where
we get the date used in the metadata.

Date validation supporting code is in Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation
]]
	anchor_year, COinS_date, error_message = dates({['accessdate']=AccessDate, ['airdate']=AirDate, ['archivedate']=ArchiveDate, ['date']=Date, ['doi_brokendate']=DoiBroken,
		['embargo']=Embargo, ['laydate']=LayDate, ['publicationdate']=PublicationDate, ['year']=Year}); -- 수정 필요
	if is_set(error_message) then
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'bad_date', {error_message}, true ) } );	-- add this error message
	end

-- At this point fields may be nil if they weren't specified in the template use.  We can use that fact.
	-- Test if citation has no title
	if	not is_set(Title) and
--		not is_set(Periodical) and			-- not a title
--		not is_set(Conference) and			-- not a title
		not is_set(TransTitle) and
		not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'citation_missing_title', {}, true ) } );
	end
-- LOCAL 시작
	if 'none' == Title and is_set(Periodical) and not (( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia))) then								-- special case
		Title = '';																-- set title to empty string
		table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, "CS1 관리: 제목 없는 작품명");	-- add to maint category
	end
	
	if '없음' == Title and is_set(Periodical) and not (( config.CitationClass == "encyclopaedia" ) or ( config.CitationClass == "citation" and is_set (Encyclopedia))) then								-- special case
		Title = '';																-- set title to empty string
		table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, "CS1 관리: 제목 없는 작품명");	-- add to maint category
	end
-- LOCAL 끝
	-- COinS metadata (see <http://ocoins.info/>) for automated parsing of citation information.
	-- handle the oddity that is cite encyclopedia and {{citation |encyclopedia=something}}. Here we presume that
	-- when Periodical, Title, and Chapter are all set, then Periodical is the book (encyclopedia) title, Title
	-- is the article title, and Chapter is a section within the article.  So, we remap 
	
	local coins_chapter = Chapter;												-- default assuming that remapping not required
	local coins_title = Title;													-- et tu
	if 'encyclopaedia' == config.CitationClass or ('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
		if is_set (Chapter) and is_set (Title) and is_set (Periodical) then		-- if all are used then
			coins_chapter = Title;												-- remap
			coins_title = Periodical;
		end
	end
	
	-- this is the function call to COinS()
	local OCinSoutput = COinS{
		['Periodical'] = Periodical,
		['Chapter'] = strip_apostrophe_markup (coins_chapter),					-- Chapter stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup
		['Title'] = make_coins_title (coins_title),				-- Title and ScriptTitle stripped of bold / italic wikimarkup -- LOCAL
		['PublicationPlace'] = PublicationPlace,
		['Date'] = first_set(COinS_date, Date),		-- COinS_date has correctly formatted date if Date is valid; any reason to keep Date here?  Should we be including invalid dates in metadata?
		['Series'] = Series,
		['Volume'] = Volume,
		['Issue'] = Issue,
		['Pages'] = get_coins_pages (first_set(Page, Pages, At)),				-- pages stripped of external links
		['Edition'] = Edition,
		['PublisherName'] = PublisherName,
		['URL'] = first_set( URL, ChapterURL ),
		['Authors'] = a,
		['ID_list'] = ID_list,
		['RawPage'] = this_page.prefixedText,
	};
--[[Why is this here?  Why are we mapping Title to Chapter when Periodical is set?
	if is_set(Periodical) and not is_set(Chapter) and is_set(Title) then
		Chapter = Title;
		ChapterLink = TitleLink;
		TransChapter = TransTitle;
		Title = '';
		TitleLink = '';
		TransTitle = '';
	end
]]

-- special case for cite newsgroup.  Do this after COinS because we are modifying Publishername to include some static text
	if 'newsgroup' == config.CitationClass then
		if is_set (PublisherName) then
			PublisherName = '[[뉴스그룹]]:&nbsp;' ..  externallink( 'news:' .. PublisherName, PublisherName ); -- LOCAL
		end
	end



	-- Now perform various field substitutions.
	-- We also add leading spaces and surrounding markup and punctuation to the
	-- various parts of the citation, but only when they are non-nil.
	if not is_set(Authors) then
		local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayAuthors'] );

		if is_set (Maximum) then
			if Maximum >= #a then												-- if display-authors value greater than or equal to number of authors
				table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, "CS1 관리 - 저자표시");	-- add maintenance category because display-authors parameter may be removed -- LOCAL
			end
		else
			Maximum = #a + 1;													-- number of authors + 1
		end

		local control = { 
			format = NameListFormat,											-- empty string or 'vanc'
			maximum = Maximum,
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
			page_name = this_page.text				-- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via authorlinkn
		};
		
		-- If the coauthor field is also used, prevent ampersand and et al. formatting.
		if is_set(Coauthors) then
			control.lastauthoramp = nil;
			control.maximum = #a + 1;
		end
		
		Authors = listpeople(control, a) 
	end

	if not is_set(Authors) and is_set(Coauthors) then	-- coauthors aren't displayed if one of authors=, authorn=, or lastn= isn't specified
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('coauthors_missing_author', {}, true) } );	-- emit error message
	end

	local EditorCount
	if not is_set(Editors) then
		local Maximum = tonumber( A['DisplayEditors'] );
		-- Preserve old-style implicit et al.
		if not is_set(Maximum) and #e == 4 then 
			Maximum = 3;
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror('implict_etal_editor', {}, true) } );
		elseif not is_set(Maximum) then
			Maximum = #e + 1;
		end

		local control = { 
			format = NameListFormat,											-- empty string or 'vanc'
			maximum = Maximum,
			lastauthoramp = LastAuthorAmp,
			page_name = this_page.text				-- get current page name so that we don't wikilink to it via editorlinkn
		};

		Editors, EditorCount = listpeople(control, e);
	else
		EditorCount = 1;
	end

	local Cartography = "";
	local Scale = "";
	if config.CitationClass == "map" then
		if not is_set( Authors ) and is_set( PublisherName ) then
			Authors = PublisherName;
			PublisherName = "";
		end
		Cartography = A['Cartography'];
		if is_set( Cartography ) then
			Cartography = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('cartography', Cartography, use_lowercase);
		end		
		Scale = A['Scale'];
		if is_set( Scale ) then
			Scale = sepc .. " " .. Scale;
		end		
	end
	
	Format = is_set(Format) and " (" .. Format .. ")" or "";

	if  not is_set(URL) and
		not is_set(ArchiveURL) and
		not is_set(ConferenceURL) and											-- TODO: keep this here? conference as part of cite web or cite podcast?
		not is_set(TranscriptURL) then
		
		-- Test if cite web or cite podcast |url= is missing or empty 
		if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","podcast", "mailinglist"}) then	
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'cite_web_url', {}, true ) } );
		end
		
		-- Test if accessdate is given without giving a URL
		if is_set(AccessDate) and not is_set(ChapterURL)then					-- ChapterURL may be set when the others are not set; TODO: move this to a separate test?
			table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'accessdate_missing_url', {}, true ) } );
			AccessDate = '';
		end
		
		-- Test if format is given without giving a URL
		if is_set(Format) then
			Format = Format .. seterror( 'format_missing_url', {'format', 'url'} );
		end
	end
--[[
	-- Test if citation has no title
	if	not is_set(Title) and
--		not is_set(Periodical) and			-- not a title
--		not is_set(Conference) and			-- not a title
		not is_set(TransTitle) and
		not is_set(ScriptTitle) then
		table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'citation_missing_title', {}, true ) } );
	end
	
	if 'none' == Title and is_set(Periodical) then								-- special case
		Title = '';																-- set title to empty string
		table.insert( z.maintenance_cats, "CS1 maint: Untitled periodical");	-- add to maint category
	end
]]
	local OriginalURL;
	DeadURL = DeadURL:lower();													-- used later when assembling archived text
	if is_set( ArchiveURL ) then
		if is_set (URL) then
			OriginalURL = URL;													-- save copy of original source URL
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL then												-- if URL set then archive-url applies to it
				URL = ArchiveURL												-- swap-in the archive's url
				URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive url parameter for error messages
			end
		elseif is_set (ChapterURL) then 										-- URL not set so if chapter-url is set apply archive url to it
			OriginalURL = ChapterURL;											-- save copy of source chapter's url for archive text
			if 'no' ~= DeadURL then
				ChapterURL = ArchiveURL											-- swap-in the archive's url
				URLorigin = A:ORIGIN('ArchiveURL')								-- name of archive url parameter for error messages
			end
		end
	end

	if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup"}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
			if is_set (Chapter) or is_set (TransChapter) or is_set (ChapterURL)then	-- chapter parameters not supported for these citation types
				table.insert( z.message_tail, { seterror( 'chapter_ignored', {}, true ) } );		-- add error message
				Chapter = '';														-- set to empty string to be safe with concatenation
				TransChapter = '';
				ChapterURL = '';
			end
	else																		-- otherwise, format chapter / article title
		Chapter = format_chapter_title (Chapter, TransChapter, ChapterURL, ChapterURLorigin);
		if is_set (Chapter) then
			ChapterFormat = is_set(ChapterFormat) and " (" .. ChapterFormat .. ")" or "";
			if is_set(ChapterFormat) and not is_set (ChapterURL) then			-- Test if |chapter-format= is given without giving a |chapter-url=
				ChapterFormat = ChapterFormat .. seterror( 'format_missing_url', {'chapter-format', 'chapter-url'} );
			end
			Chapter = Chapter .. ChapterFormat .. sepc .. ' ';
		end
	end

	-- Format main title.
	if is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(Title) then
		Title = "[[" .. TitleLink .. "|" .. Title .. "]]"
	end

if is_set(NoBracket) then  -- LOCAL 시작
	if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", "mailinglist"}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
			Title = kern_quotes (Title);											-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
			
			Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
			TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
	elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then								-- no styling for cite report
		TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );				-- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
	else
		Title = wrap_style ('italic-title2', Title);
		TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-italic-title', TransTitle);
	end
else
	if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"web","news","journal","pressrelease","podcast", "newsgroup", "mailinglist"}) or
		('citation' == config.CitationClass and is_set (Periodical) and not is_set (Encyclopedia)) then
			Title = kern_quotes (Title);											-- if necessary, separate title's leading and trailing quote marks from Module provided quote marks
			
			Title = wrap_style ('quoted-title', Title);
			TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );
	elseif 'report' == config.CitationClass then								-- no styling for cite report
		TransTitle= wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle );				-- for cite report, use this form for trans-title
	else
		Title = wrap_style ('italic-title', Title);
		TransTitle = wrap_style ('trans-quoted-title', TransTitle);
	end
end  -- LOCAL 끝

	TransError = "";
	if is_set(TransTitle) then
		if is_set(Title) then
			TransTitle = " " .. TransTitle;
		else
			TransError = " " .. seterror( 'trans_missing_title' );
		end
	end
	
	Title = Title .. TransTitle;
	
	if is_set(Title) then
		if not is_set(TitleLink) and is_set(URL) then 
			Title = externallink( URL, Title ) .. TransError .. Format	   
			URL = "";
			Format = "";
		else
			Title = Title .. TransError;
		end
	end

	if is_set(Place) then
		Place = " " .. wrap_msg ('written', Place, use_lowercase) .. sepc .. " ";
	end
	
	if is_set(Conference) then
		if is_set(ConferenceURL) then
			Conference = externallink( ConferenceURL, Conference );
		end
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. Conference
	elseif is_set(ConferenceURL) then
		Conference = sepc .. " " .. externallink( ConferenceURL, nil, ConferenceURLorigin );
	end
	
	if not is_set(Position) then
		local Minutes = A['Minutes'];
		if is_set(Minutes) then
			Position = " " .. Minutes .. " " .. cfg.messages['minutes'];
		else
			local Time = A['Time'];
			if is_set(Time) then
				local TimeCaption = A['TimeCaption']
				if not is_set(TimeCaption) then
					TimeCaption = cfg.messages['event'];
					if sepc ~= '.' then
						TimeCaption = TimeCaption:lower();
					end
				end
				Position = " " .. Time .. TimeCaption		-- LOCAL 시작
			end												
			local Time2 = A['Time2'];						
			if is_set(Time2) then							
				Position = " " .. Time2;					-- LOCAL 끝
			end
		end
	else
		Position = " " .. Position;
		At = '';
	end
	
	if not is_set(Page) then
		if is_set(Pages) then
			if is_set(Periodical) and
				not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
				Pages = ": " .. Pages;
			elseif tonumber(Pages) ~= nil then
				Pages = sepc .." " .. Pages .. PPrefix; -- LOCAL
			else
				Pages = sepc .." " .. Pages .. PPPrefix; -- LOCAL
			end
		end
	else
		if is_set(Periodical) and
			not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","book","news","podcast"}) then
			Page = ": " .. Page;
		else
			Page = sepc .." " .. Page .. PPrefix; -- LOCAL
		end
	end
	
	At = is_set(At) and (sepc .. " " .. At) or "";
	Position = is_set(Position) and (sepc .. " " .. Position) or "";
	if config.CitationClass == 'map' then
		local Section = A['Section'];
		local Inset = A['Inset'];
		if first_set( Pages, Page, At ) ~= nil or sepc ~= '.' then
			if is_set( Section ) then
				Section = ", " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, true);
			end
			if is_set( Inset ) then
				Inset = ", " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, true);
			end
		else
			if is_set( Section ) then
				Section = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('section', Section, use_lowercase);
				if is_set( Inset ) then
					Inset = ", " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, true);
				end
			elseif is_set( Inset ) then
				Inset = sepc .. " " .. wrap_msg ('inset', Inset, use_lowercase);
			end			
		end			
		At = At .. Section .. Inset;		
	end	

	if is_set (Language) then
		Language = language_parameter (Language, this_page.namespace);			-- format, categories (article namespace only), name from ISO639-1, etc
	else
		Language="";															-- language not specified so make sure this is an empty string;
	end

	Others = is_set(Others) and (sepc .. " " .. Others) or "";

-- handle type parameter for those CS1 citations that have default values

	if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"AV-media-notes", "DVD-notes", "mailinglist", "podcast", "pressrelease", "report", "techreport", "thesis"}) then
		TitleType = set_titletype (config.CitationClass, TitleType);
		if is_set(Degree) and "Thesis" == TitleType then	-- special case for cite thesis
			TitleType = Degree .. " thesis";
		end
	end

	if is_set(TitleType) then					-- if type parameter is specified
		TitleType = " (" .. TitleType .. ")";	-- display it in parentheses
	end

	TitleNote = is_set(TitleNote) and (sepc .. " " .. TitleNote) or "";
	Edition = is_set(Edition) and (" " .. editioncheck(Edition) .. "판") or ""; -- LOCAL
	Issue = is_set(Issue) and (" (" .. Issue .. ")") or "";
	Series = is_set(Series) and (sepc .. " " .. Series) or "";
	OrigYear = is_set(OrigYear) and (" [" .. OrigYear .. "]") or "";
	Agency = is_set(Agency) and (sepc .. " " .. Agency) or "";

	if is_set(Volume) then
		if ( mw.ustring.len(Volume) > 4 )
		  then Volume = sepc .." " .. Volume;
		  else Volume = " <b>" .. hyphentodash(Volume) .. "</b>";
		end
	end

	------------------------------------ totally unrelated data
	if is_set(Via) then
		Via = " " .. wrap_msg ('via', Via);
	end

--[[
Subscription implies paywall; Registration does not.  If both are used in a citation, the subscription required link
note is displayed. There are no error messages for this condition.

]]
	if inArray(SubscriptionRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y', "예", "참"}) then -- LOCAL
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['subscription'];		-- subscription required message
	elseif inArray(RegistrationRequired:lower(), {'yes', 'true', 'y', "예", "참"}) then -- LOCAL
		SubscriptionRequired = sepc .. " " .. cfg.messages['registration'];		-- registration required message
	else
		SubscriptionRequired = '';												-- either or both might be set to something other than yes true y
	end

	if is_set(AccessDate) then
		local retrv_text = " " .. cfg.messages['retrieved']

		AccessDate = nowrap_date (ISOdate(AccessDate, lang, '1-999'));									-- wrap in nowrap span if date in appropriate format -- LOCAL
		if (sepc ~= ".") then retrv_text = retrv_text:lower() end				-- if 'citation', lower case
		AccessDate = substitute (retrv_text, AccessDate);						-- add retrieved text
																				-- neither of these work; don't know why; it seems that substitute() isn't being called	
		AccessDate = substitute (cfg.presentation['accessdate'], {sepc, AccessDate});	-- allow editors to hide accessdates
	end
	
	if is_set(ID) then ID = sepc .." ".. ID; end
   	if "thesis" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then
		ID = sepc .." Docket ".. Docket .. ID;
	end
   	if "report" == config.CitationClass and is_set(Docket) then					-- for cite report when |docket= is set
		ID = sepc .. ' ' .. Docket;												-- overwrite ID even if |id= is set
	end

	ID_list = buildidlist( ID_list, {DoiBroken = DoiBroken, ASINTLD = ASINTLD, IgnoreISBN = IgnoreISBN, Embargo=Embargo} );

	if is_set(URL) then
		URL = " " .. externallink( URL, nil, URLorigin );
	end

	if is_set(Quote) then
		if Quote:sub(1,1) == '"' and Quote:sub(-1,-1) == '"' then
			Quote = Quote:sub(2,-2);
		end
		Quote = sepc .." " .. wrap_style ('quoted-text', Quote ); 				-- wrap in <q>...</q> tags
		PostScript = "";														-- CS1 does not supply terminal punctuation when |quote= is set
	end
	
	local Archived
	if is_set(ArchiveURL) then
		if not is_set(ArchiveDate) then
			ArchiveDate = seterror('archive_missing_date');
		else
			ArchiveDate = ISOdate(ArchiveDate, lang, '1-999');
		end
		if "no" == DeadURL then
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( cfg.messages['archived-not-dead'],
				{ externallink( ArchiveURL, arch_text ), ArchiveDate } );
			if not is_set(OriginalURL) then
				Archived = Archived .. " " .. seterror('archive_missing_url');							   
			end
		elseif is_set(OriginalURL) then
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-dead'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text,
				{ externallink( OriginalURL, cfg.messages['original'] ), ArchiveDate } );
		else
			local arch_text = cfg.messages['archived-missing'];
			if sepc ~= "." then arch_text = arch_text:lower() end
			Archived = sepc .. " " .. substitute( arch_text, 
				{ seterror('archive_missing_url'), ArchiveDate } );
		end
	else
		Archived = ""
	end
	
	local Lay
	if is_set(LayURL) then
		if is_set(LayDate) then LayDate = " (" .. ISOdate(LayDate, lang, '1-999') .. ")" end -- LOCAL
		if is_set(LaySource) then 
			LaySource = " &ndash; " .. LaySource; -- LOCAL
		else
			LaySource = "";
		end
		if sepc == '.' then
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. externallink( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary'] ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
		else
			Lay = sepc .. " " .. externallink( LayURL, cfg.messages['lay summary']:lower() ) .. LaySource .. LayDate
		end			
	else
		Lay = "";
	end
	
	if is_set(Transcript) then
		if is_set(TranscriptURL) then Transcript = externallink( TranscriptURL, Transcript ); end
	elseif is_set(TranscriptURL) then
		Transcript = externallink( TranscriptURL, nil, TranscriptURLorigin );
	end
	
	local Publisher;
	if is_set(Periodical) and
		not inArray(config.CitationClass, {"encyclopaedia","web","pressrelease","podcast"}) then
		if is_set(PublisherName) then
			if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
				Publisher = PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName;
			else
				Publisher = PublisherName;  
			end
		elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then
			Publisher= PublicationPlace;
		else 
			Publisher = "";
		end
		if is_set(PublicationDate) then
			if is_set(Publisher) then
				Publisher = Publisher .. ", " .. wrap_msg ('published', ISOdate(PublicationDate, lang, '1-999') ); -- LOCAL
			else
				Publisher = ISOdate(PublicationDate, lang, '1-999'); -- LOCAL
			end
		end
		if is_set(Publisher) then
			Publisher = " (" .. Publisher .. ")";
		end
	else
		if is_set(PublicationDate) then
			PublicationDate = " (" .. wrap_msg ('published', ISOdate(PublicationDate, lang, '1-999')) .. ")"; -- LOCAL
		end
		if is_set(PublisherName) then
			if is_set(PublicationPlace) then
				Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. ": " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;
			else
				Publisher = sepc .. " " .. PublisherName .. PublicationDate;  
			end			
		elseif is_set(PublicationPlace) then 
			Publisher= sepc .. " " .. PublicationPlace .. PublicationDate;
		else 
			Publisher = PublicationDate;
		end
	end
	
	-- Several of the above rely upon detecting this as nil, so do it last.
	if is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(NoBracket) then  -- LOCAL
			Periodical = sepc .. " " .. "''" .. Periodical .. "''"  -- LOCAL
		elseif is_set(Title) or is_set(TitleNote) then  -- LOCAL
			Periodical = sepc .. " " .. wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical) 
		else 
			Periodical = wrap_style ('italic-title', Periodical)
		end
	end

--[[
Handle the oddity that is cite speech.  This code overrides whatever may be the value assigned to TitleNote (through |department=) and forces it to be " (Speech)" so that
the annotation directly follows the |title= parameter value in the citation rather than the |event= parameter value (if provided).
]]
	if "speech" == config.CitationClass then				-- cite speech only
		TitleNote = " (연설)";							-- annotate the citation -- LOCAL
		if is_set (Periodical) then							-- if Periodical, perhaps because of an included |website= or |journal= parameter 
			if is_set (Conference) then						-- and if |event= is set
				Conference = Conference .. sepc .. " ";		-- then add appropriate punctuation to the end of the Conference variable before rendering
			end
		end
	end

	-- Piece all bits together at last.  Here, all should be non-nil.
	-- We build things this way because it is more efficient in LUA
	-- not to keep reassigning to the same string variable over and over.

	local tcommon
	if inArray(config.CitationClass, {"journal","citation"}) and is_set(Periodical) then
		if is_set(Others) then Others = Others .. sepc .. " " end
		tcommon = safejoin( {Others, Title, Language, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Scale,
			 Series, Cartography, Edition, Publisher, Agency, Volume, Issue}, sepc ); -- LOCAL
	else 
		tcommon = safejoin( {Title, Language, TitleNote, Conference, Periodical, Format, TitleType, Scale, Series, 
			Volume, Issue, Others, Cartography, Edition, Publisher, Agency}, sepc ); -- LOCAL
	end
	
	if #ID_list > 0 then
		ID_list = safejoin( { sepc .. " ",  table.concat( ID_list, sepc .. " " ), ID }, sepc );
	else
		ID_list = ID;
	end
	
	local idcommon = safejoin( { ID_list, URL, Archived, AccessDate, Via, SubscriptionRequired, Lay, Quote }, sepc );
	local text;
	local pgtext = Position .. Page .. Pages .. At;
	
	if is_set(Authors) then
		if is_set(Coauthors) then
			local sep = '; ';
			if 'vanc' == NameListFormat then
				sep = ', ';
			end
			Authors = Authors .. sep .. Coauthors;
		end
		if is_set(Date) then
			Date = " (" .. ISOdate(Date, lang, '1-999') .. ")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " " -- LOCAL
		elseif string.sub(Authors,-1,-1) == sepc then
			Authors = Authors .. " "
		else
			Authors = Authors .. sepc .. " "
		end
		if is_set(Editors) then
			local in_text = " ";
			local post_text = "";
			if is_set(Chapter) then
				in_text = in_text .. cfg.messages['in'] .. " "
			else
				if EditorCount <= 1 then
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
				else
					post_text = ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
				end
			end 
			if (sepc ~= '.') then in_text = in_text:lower() end
			Editors = in_text .. Editors .. post_text;
			if (string.sub(Editors,-1,-1) == sepc)
				then Editors = Editors .. " "
				else Editors = Editors .. sepc .. " "
			end
		end
		text = safejoin( {Authors, Date, Chapter, Place, Editors, tcommon }, sepc );
		text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	elseif is_set(Editors) then
		if is_set(Date) then
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editor'];
			else
				Editors = Editors .. ", " .. cfg.messages['editors'];
			end
			Date = " (" .. ISOdate(Date, lang, '1-999') .. ")" .. OrigYear .. sepc .. " " -- LOCAL
		else
			if EditorCount <= 1 then
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editor'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			else
				Editors = Editors .. " (" .. cfg.messages['editors'] .. ")" .. sepc .. " "
			end
		end
		text = safejoin( {Editors, Date, Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
		text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
	else
		if is_set(Date) then
			if ( string.sub(tcommon,-1,-1) ~= sepc )
			  then Date = sepc .." " .. ISOdate(Date, lang, '1-999') .. OrigYear -- LOCAL
			  else Date = " " .. ISOdate(Date, lang, '1-999') .. OrigYear -- LOCAL
			end
		end
		if config.CitationClass=="journal" and is_set(Periodical) then
			text = safejoin( {Chapter, Place, tcommon}, sepc );
			text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, Date, idcommon}, sepc );
		else
			text = safejoin( {Chapter, Place, tcommon, Date}, sepc );
			text = safejoin( {text, pgtext, idcommon}, sepc );
		end
	end
	
	if is_set(PostScript) and PostScript ~= sepc then
		text = safejoin( {text, sepc}, sepc );  --Deals with italics, spaces, etc.
		text = text:sub(1,-sepc:len()-1);
--		text = text:sub(1,-2);	--Remove final separator (assumes that sepc is only one character)
	end	
	
	text = safejoin( {text, PostScript}, sepc );

	-- Now enclose the whole thing in a <span/> element
	local options = {};
	
	if is_set(config.CitationClass) and config.CitationClass ~= "citation" then
		options.class = "citation " .. config.CitationClass;
	else
		options.class = "citation";
	end
	
	if is_set(Ref) and Ref:lower() ~= "none" then
		local id = Ref
		if ( "harv" == Ref ) then
			local names = {} --table of last names & year
			if #a > 0 then
				for i,v in ipairs(a) do 
					names[i] = v.last 
					if i == 4 then break end
				end
			elseif #e > 0 then
				for i,v in ipairs(e) do 
					names[i] = v.last 
					if i == 4 then break end				
				end
			end
			names[ #names + 1 ] = first_set(Year, anchor_year);	-- Year first for legacy citations and for YMD dates that require disambiguation
			id = anchorid(names)
		end
		options.id = id;
	end
	
	if string.len(text:gsub("<span[^>/]*>.-</span>", ""):gsub("%b<>","")) <= 2 then
		z.error_categories = {};
		text = seterror('empty_citation');
		z.message_tail = {};
	end
	
	if is_set(options.id) then 
		text = '<span id="' .. mw.uri.anchorEncode(options.id) ..'" class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
	else
		text = '<span class="' .. mw.text.nowiki(options.class) .. '">' .. text .. "</span>";
	end		

	local empty_span = '<span style="display:none;">&nbsp;</span>';
	
	-- Note: Using display: none on then COinS span breaks some clients.
	local OCinS = '<span title="' .. OCinSoutput .. '" class="Z3988">' .. empty_span .. '</span>';
	text = text .. OCinS;
	
	if #z.message_tail ~= 0 then
		text = text .. " ";
		for i,v in ipairs( z.message_tail ) do
			if is_set(v[1]) then
				if i == #z.message_tail then
					text = text .. errorcomment( v[1], v[2] );
				else
					text = text .. errorcomment( v[1] .. "; ", v[2] );
				end
			end
		end
	end
	
	no_tracking_cats = no_tracking_cats:lower();
	if inArray(no_tracking_cats, {"", "no", "false", "n", "아니오"}) then
		for _, v in ipairs( z.error_categories ) do
			text = text .. '[[분류:' .. v ..']]'; -- LOCAL
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.maintenance_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. '[[분류:' .. v ..']]'; -- LOCAL
		end
		for _, v in ipairs( z.properties_cats ) do								-- append maintenance categories
			text = text .. '[[분류:' .. v ..']]'; -- LOCAL
		end
	end
	
	return text
end

-- This is used by templates such as {{cite book}} to create the actual citation text.
function z.citation(frame)
	local pframe = frame:getParent()
	
	if nil ~= string.find( frame:getTitle(), 'sandbox', 1, true ) then				-- did the {{#invoke:}} use sandbox version?
		cfg = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox' );	-- load sandbox versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
		whitelist = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox' );
		dates = require('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox').dates	-- ... sandbox version of date validation code
	else																	-- otherwise
		cfg = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration' );			-- load live versions of Configuration and Whitelist and ...
		whitelist = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist' );
		dates = require('Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation').dates		-- ... live version of date validation code
	end
	
	local args = {};
	local suggestions = {};
	local error_text, error_state;

	local config = {};
	for k, v in pairs( frame.args ) do
		config[k] = v;
		args[k] = v;	   
	end	

	for k, v in pairs( pframe.args ) do
		if v ~= '' then
			if not validate( k ) then			
				error_text = "";
				if type( k ) ~= 'string' then
					-- Exclude empty numbered parameters
					if v:match("%S+") ~= nil then
						error_text, error_state = seterror( 'text_ignored', {v}, true );
					end
				elseif validate( k:lower() ) then 
					error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, k:lower()}, true );
				else
					if #suggestions == 0 then
						suggestions = mw.loadData( 'Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions' );
					end
					if suggestions[ k:lower() ] ~= nil then
						error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored_suggest', {k, suggestions[ k:lower() ]}, true );
					else
						error_text, error_state = seterror( 'parameter_ignored', {k}, true );
					end
				end				  
				if error_text ~= '' then
					table.insert( z.message_tail, {error_text, error_state} );
				end				
			end
			args[k] = v;
		elseif args[k] ~= nil or (k == 'postscript') then
			args[k] = v;
		end		
	end	
	
	return citation0( config, args)
end

return z
원본 주소 "https://www.gaonwiki.com/w/index.php?title=모듈:Citation/CS1/sandbox&oldid=99589"

최근 바뀜

더 보기